See in Reader
Content validation [EZR] (#1632)
Update 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Created 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Co-authored-by: joeldruark <joeldruark@noreply.door43.org> Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/1632
This commit is contained in:
Joel D. Ruark
parent
e8d05002e2
commit
e6d6fc6f74
306
en_tn_15-EZR.tsv
306
en_tn_15-EZR.tsv
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ EZR 1 2 1cb6 לִבְנֽוֹת־ל֣וֹ בַ֔יִת 1 Cyrus is not go
|
|||
EZR 1 2 3apm figs-metaphor בַ֔יִת 1 **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 1 2 i909 figs-informremind בִּירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽיהוּדָֽה׃ 1 Here, Cyrus provides some background information about the city where he wants the Jews to rebuild the temple of Yahweh, since many of the recipients of his message might not have known where Jerusalem was. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem, the capital city of the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 1 2 gmx4 translate-names בִּירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽיהוּדָֽה׃ 1 for him a house…in Judah Jerusalem is the name of a city, and Judah is the name of the province in which it was located. These names occur many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate them consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 1 3 xf34 figs-explicit מִֽי־בָכֶ֣ם מִכָּל־עַמּ֗וֹ 1 his people **All** could possibly indicate that this decree envisions not only the people whom the Babylonians had taken into exile from the southern kingdom of Judah some decades before, and their descendants, but also any of the people whose ancestors the Assyrians had taken into exile from the northern kingdom of Israel nearly two centuries earlier. Cyrus now ruled over the territories to which both groups had been exiled. If any in the second group still had awareness and proof of their identity, and if they still wanted to honor and worship Yahweh, they could also return to Jerusalem and help rebuild the temple. (However, as verse [5](../01/05.md) indicates, it was essentially Israelites from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who actually did return.) Alternate translation: “Whoever is an Israelite, from any tribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 1 3 xf34 figs-explicit מִֽי־בָכֶ֣ם מִכָּל־עַמּ֗וֹ 1 his people **All** could possibly indicate that this decree envisions not only the people whom the Babylonians had taken into exile from the southern kingdom of Judah some decades before, and their descendants, but also any of the people whose ancestors the Assyrians had taken into exile from the northern kingdom of Israel nearly two centuries earlier. Cyrus now ruled over the territories to which both groups had been exiled. If any in the second group still had awareness and proof of their identity, and if they still wanted to honor and worship Yahweh, they could also return to Jerusalem and help rebuild the temple. (However, as [1:5](../01/05.md) indicates, it was essentially Israelites from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who actually did return.) Alternate translation: “Whoever is an Israelite, from any tribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 1 3 1q6g figs-idiom יְהִ֤י אֱלֹהָיו֙ עִמּ֔וֹ וְיַ֕עַל 1 Cyrus wishing that God will be **with** these Israelites is an idiom that expresses his wish that God would make their journey and the rebuilding project successful. Alternate translation: “May his God make him successful as he goes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 3 hz9g figs-idiom וְיַ֕עַל לִירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 1 Cyrus says **go up** because the Jews would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “let him return to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 3 k839 figs-informremind לִירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּיהוּדָ֑ה 1 Cyrus once again provides background information about the city. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, in the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ EZR 1 4 vvzw figs-idiom מִֽכָּל־הַמְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשׁ
|
|||
EZR 1 4 uoep אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ 1 Saying **where** and **there** together like this is a characteristic Hebrew construction, but it might represent an unnecessary duplication in your language. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could omit any translation of the word “there.”
|
||||
EZR 1 4 p5jk figs-gendernotations יְנַשְּׂא֨וּהוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔וֹ 1 It is likely that both women and men would have helped to gather the supplies listed in the rest of this verse to support the returning Jews. So the term **men** here probably includes both groups. Alternate translation: “the people of that place should help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
EZR 1 4 d9rn figs-idiom יְנַשְּׂא֨וּהוּ֙ 1 **Lift** here is an idiom that means **help**. Alternate translation: “help him by providing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 4 f6tk figs-explicit הַ֨נְּדָבָ֔ה 1 The book expects readers to know that these would be extra gifts, beyond the necessities already listed. They might include money to help rebuild the temple and vessels to be used in the temple, such as the ones listed in verses [7–11](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “any extra gifts they want to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 1 4 f6tk figs-explicit הַ֨נְּדָבָ֔ה 1 The book expects readers to know that these would be extra gifts, beyond the necessities already listed. They might include money to help rebuild the temple and vessels to be used in the temple, such as the ones listed in [1:7–11](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “any extra gifts they want to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 1 4 swvz figs-metaphor לְבֵ֥ית הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. The book repeatedly uses the expressions **house**, **house of God**, and **house of Yahweh** to mean the temple in Jerusalem. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate these expressions consistently every time. Alternate translation: “the temple that the Jews will rebuild for God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 1 5 i39z grammar-connect-logic-result וַיָּק֜וּמוּ 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous verses have described. Alternate translation: “In response to this decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 1 5 9gd0 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֗וֹת 1 This is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -45,33 +45,33 @@ EZR 1 5 s2yg figs-metaphor לְכֹ֨ל הֵעִ֤יר הָאֱלֹהִי
|
|||
EZR 1 5 ywuq figs-idiom לַעֲל֣וֹת 1 In this context, the term **arise** means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “started making preparations to travel to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 6 2hv7 figs-hyperbole וְכָל־סְבִיבֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ 1 **All** is an exaggeration for emphasis. Every person who lived near a returning Jew did not necessarily provide support. But the expression indicates that the Jews received very generous support from many of their neighbors. Alternate translation: “the people of their communities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
EZR 1 6 wwg6 figs-metaphor חִזְּק֣וּ בִֽידֵיהֶ֔ם 1 strengthened their hands Here, **hand** figuratively represents strength and power. This expression means that the neighbors of the Jews gave them greater capacity to act and fulfill their project by supplying them with the items listed. Alternate translation: “helped them by giving them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 1 6 sc2n לְבַ֖ד עַל־כָּל־הִתְנַדֵּֽב׃ 1 This is a reference to the **freewill offerings** that are also mentioned in verse [4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “In addition, the people freely gave extra gifts”
|
||||
EZR 1 7 bt1u figs-explicit כְּלֵ֣י בֵית־יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוֹצִ֤יא נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ מִיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם וַֽיִּתְּנֵ֖ם בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽיו׃ 1 **Vessels** refers to the bowls, basins, and other objects that are listed in verses [9](../01/09.md) and [10](../01/10.md). The book assumes that readers will know that this verse is describing how Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, took these items from the temple in Jerusalem and then put them, as trophies of conquest, in a temple devoted to his own gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the objects from the temple of Yahweh that Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken away from Jerusalem when he captured that city and put in the temple of his own gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 1 6 sc2n לְבַ֖ד עַל־כָּל־הִתְנַדֵּֽב׃ 1 This is a reference to the **freewill offerings** that are also mentioned in [1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “In addition, the people freely gave extra gifts”
|
||||
EZR 1 7 bt1u figs-explicit כְּלֵ֣י בֵית־יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוֹצִ֤יא נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ מִיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם וַֽיִּתְּנֵ֖ם בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽיו׃ 1 **Vessels** refers to the bowls, basins, and other objects that are listed in [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). The book assumes that readers will know that this verse is describing how Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, took these items from the temple in Jerusalem and then put them, as trophies of conquest, in a temple devoted to his own gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the objects from the temple of Yahweh that Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken away from Jerusalem when he captured that city and put in the temple of his own gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 1 7 bwol translate-names נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 emq3 figs-metaphor וַיּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. The expression means that Mithredath did this at the command of Cyrus and on his behalf. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer Mithredath bring them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 832q figs-explicit וַיּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 The implication is that these vessels had remained in the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them, and so Mithredath brought them out from there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer Mithredath bring these vessels out from the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 m5w3 translate-names מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 Mithredath…Sheshbazzar This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 wc54 translate-unknown הַגִּזְבָּ֑ר 1 brought them out by the hand of Mithredath the treasurer This term describes the office of a person responsible for all the valuable possessions of a monarch and for the places where they are stored safely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 w8rk figs-idiom וַֽיִּסְפְּרֵם֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 treasurer **He** means Mithredath, and **them** means the objects for the temple. This expression means that Mithredath not only gave Sheshbazzar the objects, he also gave him a detailed accounting of how many there were of each kind, as recorded in verses [9](../01/09.md) and [10](../01/10.md). This likely does not mean that Mithredath handed Sheshbazzar the objects one at a time while announcing the number of each one. Alternate translation: “Mithredath turned them over to Sheshbazzar along with a detailed list of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 w8rk figs-idiom וַֽיִּסְפְּרֵם֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 treasurer **He** means Mithredath, and **them** means the objects for the temple. This expression means that Mithredath not only gave Sheshbazzar the objects, he also gave him a detailed accounting of how many there were of each kind, as recorded in [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). This likely does not mean that Mithredath handed Sheshbazzar the objects one at a time while announcing the number of each one. Alternate translation: “Mithredath turned them over to Sheshbazzar along with a detailed list of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 xkar translate-names לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 wb5a translate-names לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 This leader of the first group of exiles to return to Judah, who is called Sheshbazzar here and in [1:11](../01/11.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), and [5:16](../05/16.md), seems to be the same person who is called Zerubbabel in the rest of the book. The reason for the difference in names is not clear. Some interpreters suggest that he was known as Sheshbazzar in the Persian court and that he used the name Zerubbabel as governor of Judah. It would probably be best simply to translate both names consistently where they appear without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear and generally accepted explanation for it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 qsti הַנָּשִׂ֖יא לִיהוּדָֽה׃ 1 The book says in [5:14](../05/14.md) that Cyrus appointed Sheshbazzar to be the governor of the province of Judah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use that phrase to describe him here. Alternate translation: “the governor of the province of Judah”
|
||||
EZR 1 9 hu9c figs-idiom וְאֵ֖לֶּה מִסְפָּרָ֑ם 1 General Information: This expression means, **This is how many there were of each kind of utensil** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 10 ja6u כְּפ֤וֹרֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ מִשְׁנִ֔ים 1 bowls This means that these bowls were a different type of bowl than the gold ones just mentioned. It does not mean that the silver was of a different type than the silver in the basins described in verse [9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
EZR 1 11 z55f כָּל־כֵּלִים֙ לַזָּהָ֣ב וְלַכֶּ֔סֶף חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְאַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת 1 5400 This expression means, **The total number of these gold and silver objects was 5,400**. Verses [9](../01/09.md) and [10](../01/10.md) actually list only 2,499 items, and it is not clear why the numbers are different. The explanation does not seem to be that the total here includes other miscellaneous items, because the last item on the list itself is **other vessels.** It would probably be best simply to report this total without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear reason for it.
|
||||
EZR 1 11 i30r figs-idiom הַכֹּ֞ל הֶעֱלָ֣ה שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֗ר עִ֚ם הֵעָל֣וֹת הַגּוֹלָ֔ה מִבָּבֶ֖ל לִירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 Like the similar expression in verse [3](../01/03.md), here the book says **brought up** and **going up** because the Jews had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains to return from exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Sheshbazzar brought all these vessels along when he traveled to Jerusalem with the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland but who were now returning from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 10 ja6u כְּפ֤וֹרֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ מִשְׁנִ֔ים 1 bowls This means that these bowls were a different type of bowl than the gold ones just mentioned. It does not mean that the silver was of a different type than the silver in the basins described in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
EZR 1 11 z55f כָּל־כֵּלִים֙ לַזָּהָ֣ב וְלַכֶּ֔סֶף חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְאַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת 1 5400 This expression means, **The total number of these gold and silver objects was 5,400**. Verses [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md) actually list only 2,499 items, and it is not clear why the numbers are different. The explanation does not seem to be that the total here includes other miscellaneous items, because the last item on the list itself is **other vessels.** It would probably be best simply to report this total without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear reason for it.
|
||||
EZR 1 11 i30r figs-idiom הַכֹּ֞ל הֶעֱלָ֣ה שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֗ר עִ֚ם הֵעָל֣וֹת הַגּוֹלָ֔ה מִבָּבֶ֖ל לִירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 Like the similar expression in [1:3](../01/03.md), here the book says **brought up** and **going up** because the Jews had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains to return from exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Sheshbazzar brought all these vessels along when he traveled to Jerusalem with the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland but who were now returning from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 11 2t84 figs-abstractnouns הַגּוֹלָ֔ה 1 The abstract noun **exiles** refers in this context to the community of Jews who were living in Babylon because the Babylonians had relocated them away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 1 11 fi2e translate-names מִבָּבֶ֖ל 1 This is the name of a city. The book also uses this name for the empire that was once ruled from that city, and for the region that had been at the heart of this empire that became a province in the Persian Empire. The name occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 intro rr42 0 # Ezra 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br>People had to prove they were priests, or that they were Jews, through their genealogies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
|
||||
EZR 2 1 ezk9 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י הַמְּדִינָ֗ה 0 General Information: The book speaks figuratively here of the province of Judah as if it were the ancestor of all the Jews who had come from there. Alternate translation: “the people from the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 2 1 ponw figs-metonymy הַמְּדִינָ֗ה 0 **The province** means the province of Judah. The document is referring to Judah by something associated with it, its status as a province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 2 1 ezk9 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י הַמְּדִינָ֗ה 1 General Information: The book speaks figuratively here of the province of Judah as if it were the ancestor of all the Jews who had come from there. Alternate translation: “the people from the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 2 1 ponw figs-metonymy הַמְּדִינָ֗ה 1 **The province** means the province of Judah. The document is referring to Judah by something associated with it, its status as a province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 2 1 byc2 figs-idiom הָֽעֹלִים֙ 1 went up **Went up** means **traveled from Babylon back to Judah**, since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 1 czrg figs-abstractnouns מִשְּׁבִ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶגְלָ֛ה נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל לְבָבֶ֑ל 1 The abstract nouns **captivity** and **exiles** refer to the way Nebuchadnezzar took these people prisoner and transported them away from their homeland. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind these terms with verbs. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken their ancestors prisoner and transported them to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 2 1 evx5 figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ לְעִירֽוֹ׃ 1 Here, **a man** means **each one** or **each person**. Alternate translation: “They went to live in the same towns where their families had lived before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 2 0xt0 אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֣אוּ עִם 1 This phrase introduces a list of the men who led this group back to Judah. Alternate translation: “The leaders of this group were”
|
||||
EZR 2 2 tmp8 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֗ל יֵשׁ֡וּעַ נְ֠חֶמְיָה שְׂרָיָ֨ה רְֽעֵלָיָ֜ה מָרְדֳּכַ֥י בִּלְשָׁ֛ן מִסְפָּ֥ר בִּגְוַ֖י רְח֣וּם בַּעֲנָ֑ה 1 Seraiah, Reelaiah, Mordecai, Bilshan, Mispar, Bigvai, Rehum, and Baanah These are the names of twelve men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 2 z77p מִסְפַּ֕ר אַנְשֵׁ֖י עַ֥ם יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 1 This is the number In keeping with the practices of the time, the totals in list that follows likely include just the men and not also the women and children. Alternate translation: “This is how many men came back from each Israelite clan and town”
|
||||
EZR 2 3 i2m7 בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 General Information: This means, **From the descendants of Parosh, 2,172 returned**. To help make this clear for your readers, you could say something like **returned** throughout verses [3–42](../02/03.md), after the name of each group and the number that is given.
|
||||
EZR 2 3 i2m7 בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 General Information: This means, **From the descendants of Parosh, 2,172 returned**. To help make this clear for your readers, you could say something like **returned** throughout [2:3–42](../02/03.md), after the name of each group and the number that is given.
|
||||
EZR 2 3 gmbm figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 3 zew1 translate-names פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 Parosh Parosh is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 4 xs2j figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shephatiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ EZR 2 29 n7ir figs-personification בְּנֵ֥י נְב֖וֹ 1 fifty-two The l
|
|||
EZR 2 29 j5sn translate-names נְב֖וֹ 1 Nebo Nebo is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 30 m297 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ 1 The list speaks here of the town of Magbish as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Magbish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 2 30 kvd9 translate-names מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ 1 Magbish Magbish is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 31 bv43 figs-personification בְּנֵי֙ עֵילָ֣ם 1 General Information: The list speaks here of the town of Elam as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. (“The other Elam” indicates that this is the town of that name, not the person of that name mentioned in verse [7](../02/07.md).) Alternate translation: “from the town of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 2 31 bv43 figs-personification בְּנֵי֙ עֵילָ֣ם 1 General Information: The list speaks here of the town of Elam as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. (“The other Elam” indicates that this is the town of that name, not the person of that name mentioned in [2:7](../02/07.md).) Alternate translation: “from the town of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 2 31 2l5j translate-names עֵילָ֣ם 1 Elam is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 32 fqlf figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 The list speaks here of the town of Harim as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 2 32 ubs3 translate-names חָרִ֔ם 1 Harim Harim is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -156,27 +156,27 @@ EZR 2 42 imn8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־א
|
|||
EZR 2 42 lyb8 translate-names שַׁלּ֤וּם ... אָטֵר֙ ... טַלְמ֣וֹן ... עַקּ֔וּב ... חֲטִיטָ֖א ... שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Ater These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 43 fhw8 translate-unknown הַנְּתִינִ֑ים 1 General Information: The term **Nethinim** describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 2 43 nt2x הַנְּתִינִ֑ים 1 Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the temple servants also returned”
|
||||
EZR 2 43 m9ay figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־צִיחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשׂוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Ziha, Hasupha, Tabbaoth,” beginning a series that will continue through verse [54](../02/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 43 m9ay figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־צִיחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשׂוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Ziha, Hasupha, Tabbaoth,” beginning a series that will continue through [2:54](../02/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 43 tx4y translate-names צִיחָ֥א…חֲשׂוּפָ֖א…טַבָּעֽוֹת 1 Ziha…Hasupha…Tabbaoth These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 44 vl6i figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־קֵרֹ֥ס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיעֲהָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃<br><br><br><br> 1 Keros…Siaha…Padon **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Siaha, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 45 b5nu figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י עַקּֽוּב׃ 1 Lebanah…Hagabah **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebanah, Hagabah, Akkub,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 46 qx4z translate-names בְּנֵי־חָגָ֥ב בְּנֵי־שַׁלְמַ֖י בְּנֵ֥י חָנָֽן׃ 1 Hagab…Shalmai…Hanan **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hagab, Shalmai, Hanan,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 47 qg3y figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֥ל בְּנֵי־גַ֖חַר בְּנֵ֥י רְאָיָֽה׃ 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Giddel, Gahar, Reaiah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>
|
||||
EZR 2 48 hw0m figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־רְצִ֥ין בְּנֵי־נְקוֹדָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י גַזָּֽם׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Rezin, Nekoda, Gazzam,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 49 csjh figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֥א בְנֵי־פָסֵ֖חַ בְּנֵ֥י בֵסָֽי׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Uzza, Paseah, Besai,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 50 pxdj figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־אַסְנָ֥ה בְנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפיסים׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Asnah, Meunim, Nephusim,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 51 fd31 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר׃ 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bakbuk, Hakupha, Harhur,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 52 8oav figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַצְל֥וּת בְּנֵי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bazluth, Mehida, Harsha,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 53 c1mt figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Barkos, Sisera, Temah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 54 r7cn figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these two men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Neziah, and Hatipha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 44 vl6i figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־קֵרֹ֥ס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיעֲהָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃<br><br><br><br> 1 Keros…Siaha…Padon **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Siaha, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 45 b5nu figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י עַקּֽוּב׃ 1 Lebanah…Hagabah **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebanah, Hagabah, Akkub,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 46 qx4z translate-names בְּנֵי־חָגָ֥ב בְּנֵי־שַׁלְמַ֖י בְּנֵ֥י חָנָֽן׃ 1 Hagab…Shalmai…Hanan **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hagab, Shalmai, Hanan,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 47 qg3y figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֥ל בְּנֵי־גַ֖חַר בְּנֵ֥י רְאָיָֽה׃ 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Giddel, Gahar, Reaiah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>
|
||||
EZR 2 48 hw0m figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־רְצִ֥ין בְּנֵי־נְקוֹדָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י גַזָּֽם׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Rezin, Nekoda, Gazzam,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 49 csjh figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֥א בְנֵי־פָסֵ֖חַ בְּנֵ֥י בֵסָֽי׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Uzza, Paseah, Besai,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 50 pxdj figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־אַסְנָ֥ה בְנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפיסים׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Asnah, Meunim, Nephusim,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 51 fd31 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר׃ 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bakbuk, Hakupha, Harhur,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 52 8oav figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַצְל֥וּת בְּנֵי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bazluth, Mehida, Harsha,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 53 c1mt figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Barkos, Sisera, Temah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 54 r7cn figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these two men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Neziah, and Hatipha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 55 kd7e figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom also returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 55 9x3k translate-unknown עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 By **servants of Solomon**, this list does not mean officials who served in Solomon’s court. Rather, this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They were descendants of the groups that were living in the land of Canaan before the Israelites occupied it. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers under later kings. Alternate translation: “the laborers that King Solomon first conscripted” or “laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 2 55 vt3s figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־סֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־הַסֹּפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרוּדָֽא׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Sotai, Hassophereth, Peruda,” beginning a series that will continue through verse [57](../02/57.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 55 vt3s figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־סֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־הַסֹּפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרוּדָֽא׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Sotai, Hassophereth, Peruda,” beginning a series that will continue through [2:57](../02/57.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 55 rnfm translate-names סֹטַ֥י ... הַסֹּפֶ֖רֶת ... פְרוּדָֽא 1 These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 56 jtpw figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥ה בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaalah, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 57 f1lh figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמִֽי׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these four men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Ami” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 56 jtpw figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥ה בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaalah, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 57 f1lh figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמִֽי׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these four men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Ami” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 58 y86d כָּ֨ל־הַנְּתִינִ֔ים וּבְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 392 Alternate translation: “Altogether 392 men returned who were descendants of temple servants or of laborers who had worked for the kingdom”
|
||||
EZR 2 59 fa24 figs-idiom וְאֵ֗לֶּה הָֽעֹלִים֙ 1 General Information: As in verse [1](../02/01.md), **went up** means **traveled from Babylon back to Judah**, since that involved going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “Some others returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 59 fa24 figs-idiom וְאֵ֗לֶּה הָֽעֹלִים֙ 1 General Information: As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **went up** means **traveled from Babylon back to Judah**, since that involved going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “Some others returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 59 kgcj translate-names מִתֵּ֥ל מֶ֨לַח֙ תֵּ֣ל חַרְשָׁ֔א כְּר֥וּב אַדָּ֖ן אִמֵּ֑ר 1 These are the names of five towns in Babylonia. Alternate translation: “who had been living in the towns of Tel Melah, Tel Harsha, Kerub, Addon, and Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 59 gd69 וְלֹ֣א יָֽכְל֗וּ לְהַגִּ֤יד 1 Alternate translation: “They had no records to prove”
|
||||
EZR 2 59 ay8y figs-parallelism בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם אִ֥ם מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם 1 These two longer phrases mean similar things. The second phrase explains the meaning of the first for clarity and emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “that their ancestors had been Israelites”; otherwise, “what clan they were from or who their ancestors were, whether they were really Israelites” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -201,10 +201,10 @@ EZR 2 63 67bg figs-metaphor עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 Here, **stan
|
|||
EZR 2 63 n2du translate-unknown לְאוּרִ֥ים וּלְתֻמִּֽים 1 Urim and Thummim This was a pair of objects that the high priest kept in the breastpiece of his robe. It is unknown exactly what type of objects they were, but they were used to answer yes-or-no questions and to decide between two alternatives. If the priest, without looking, pulled out the Urim, that meant one answer, while if he pulled out the Thummim, that meant the other answer. If it would be clearer in your language, you could describe these objects by their function rather than by their names. Alternate translation: “and could use the sacred objects to decide their cases.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 2 64 a73j figs-idiom כָּל־הַקָּהָ֖ל כְּאֶחָ֑ד אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת שִׁשִּֽׁים׃ 1 whole group The expression **as one** means **all together**. Alternate translation: “The total number of men who returned was 42,360” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 65 w7yu מִ֠לְּבַד עַבְדֵיהֶ֤ם וְאַמְהֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ אֵ֔לֶּה שִׁבְעַ֣ת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֑ה 1 their maidservants Alternate translation: “not counting their 7,337 male and female servants”
|
||||
EZR 2 65 i75w translate-unknown וְלָהֶ֛ם מְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים וּֽמְשֹׁרְר֖וֹת מָאתָֽיִם 1 these were 7,337 This is a different group from the **singers** in verse [41](../02/41.md). Those were Levites who sang in connection with Israel’s worship. The group here is a class of servants who were employed to provide music for public and private events. Alternate translation: “and the 200 male and female singers they employed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 2 65 i75w translate-unknown וְלָהֶ֛ם מְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים וּֽמְשֹׁרְר֖וֹת מָאתָֽיִם 1 these were 7,337 This is a different group from the **singers** in [2:41](../02/41.md). Those were Levites who sang in connection with Israel’s worship. The group here is a class of servants who were employed to provide music for public and private events. Alternate translation: “and the 200 male and female singers they employed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 2 66 t7kb סוּסֵיהֶ֕ם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֑ה פִּרְדֵיהֶ֕ם מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה׃ 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “The group also brought back with them 736 horses, 245 mules,” beginning a sentence that will continue through the next verse.
|
||||
EZR 2 67 mho1 גְּמַ֨לֵּיהֶ֔ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַחֲמִשָּׁ֑ה חֲמֹרִ֕ים שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְעֶשְׂרִֽים׃ 1 Alternate translation, concluding the sentence from the previous verse: “435 camels, and 6,720 donkeys”
|
||||
EZR 2 68 r2vx figs-ellipsis וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ הָֽאָב֔וֹת 1 **Heads of the fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses.** The full expression **house of the father** was used in verse [59](../02/59.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 r2vx figs-ellipsis וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ הָֽאָב֔וֹת 1 **Heads of the fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses.** The full expression **house of the father** was used in [2:59](../02/59.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 cvyh figs-metaphor וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ 1 Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying **leader**. Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 onqa figs-metaphor לְבֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם ... לְבֵ֣ית הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 As in [1:3–4](../01/03.md), the expressions **house of Yahweh** and **house of God** both figuratively mean the temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem … the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 9i3w figs-personification לְהַעֲמִיד֖וֹ עַל־מְכוֹנֽוֹ 1 This expression indicates figuratively that these gifts were given towards the costs of rebuilding the temple on its former site. The expression envisions the rebuilt temple as like a living thing that would **stand** in that location. Alternate translation: “to rebuild it on its former site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ EZR 2 70 w7fw וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ֠
|
|||
EZR 2 70 1g6o figs-parallelism וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּעָרֵיהֶֽם 1 This sentence repeats the meaning of the previous sentence, perhaps for emphasis, to show that the return was accomplished successfully. You do not need to translate this sentence separately if that might be confusing for your readers. Its meaning is included in the alternate translation suggested for the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 3 intro rp9a 0 # Ezra 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of worship in the new temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br>They immediately began the temple worship, even though the temple had not yet been built because they feared the people of the surrounding nations.
|
||||
EZR 3 1 us0g grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיִּגַּע֙ 1 This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Once this group had returned to Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 lr47 figs-explicit וַיִּגַּע֙ הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 This phrase refers to the beginning of the seventh month in the Jewish religious calendar, which is the first month in the Jewish civic calendar. The phrase is actually giving the reason why the people gathered in Jerusalem at this time. It was the start of a new year, and the leadership had decided to resume community worship, including daily sacrifices, as of the beginning of that year, as verse [6](../02/06.md) indicates. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the start of the seventh month, because it was the beginning of a new civic year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 lr47 figs-explicit וַיִּגַּע֙ הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 This phrase refers to the beginning of the seventh month in the Jewish religious calendar, which is the first month in the Jewish civic calendar. The phrase is actually giving the reason why the people gathered in Jerusalem at this time. It was the start of a new year, and the leadership had decided to resume community worship, including daily sacrifices, as of the beginning of that year, as [2:6](../02/06.md) indicates. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the start of the seventh month, because it was the beginning of a new civic year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 984e translate-ordinal הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 Alternate translation: “month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 a2ka translate-hebrewmonths הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 the seventh month You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the number of the Hebrew month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 d1d0 figs-informremind וּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בֶּעָרִ֑יםס וַיֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָעָ֛ם ... אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 Here, the book repeats some background information to remind readers why the Israelites were not all in Jerusalem already and would have had to come there from various places. Alternate translation: “the Israelites came from the different places where they had settled and they gathered in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ EZR 3 3 bk73 figs-explicit כִּ֚י בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ
|
|||
EZR 3 3 53m4 figs-personification בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם 1 Here, the book speaks figuratively of dread or fear as if it were a living thing that could land on or rest on the Israelites. Alternate translation: “they were very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 3 3 c33h figs-idiom מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 because of the people of the land This was the expression that the Jews used to refer to members of other people groups, including some that the Assyrians had brought into the area, who were originally from other places (**lands**), but who were now living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “people from other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 3 3 a9a2 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤יו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַבֹּ֥קֶר וְלָעָֽרֶב 1 They offered on it burnt offerings to Yahweh, both the morning and evening burnt offerings The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that the activity it describes took place after the events the story has been describing. Specifically, this was a continuous activity, not something the leaders did just on that occasion. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as **from that time on**. Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 3 3 vc8u figs-explicit וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤יו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַבֹּ֥קֶר וְלָעָֽרֶב 1 As verse [2](../03/02.md) notes, God had commanded these daily offerings in the Law of Moses. By resuming them, the leaders and priests were restoring the regular worship life of the community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening. By doing that, they restored the regular worship life of the community.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 3 vc8u figs-explicit וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤יו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַבֹּ֥קֶר וְלָעָֽרֶב 1 As [3:2](../03/02.md) notes, God had commanded these daily offerings in the Law of Moses. By resuming them, the leaders and priests were restoring the regular worship life of the community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening. By doing that, they restored the regular worship life of the community.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 4 9qln grammar-connect-time-sequential וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֛וּ 1 This word indicates that the events the story will now recount came after the event it has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using an equivalent phrase. The next event is specifically the Festival of Tabernacles, which the Law of Moses said to observe from the fifteenth through the twenty-second days of the seventh month. So that event would have taken place about two weeks after the Israelites first gathered in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “later that month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 3 4 iej2 figs-explicit וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֛וּ אֶת־חַ֥ג הַסֻּכּ֖וֹת 1 the Festival of Shelters This phrase describes the Israelites celebrating an observance that is also known as the Festival of Tabernacles. The purpose of this festival was to remind the Israelites how Yahweh had cared for their ancestors when they lived in temporary shelters as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Israelites celebrated the Festival of Tabernacles to remember how God had taken care of their ancestors when they had only temporary shelters to live in as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 4 1687 figs-activepassive כַּכָּת֑וּב 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded the people of Israel to do through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -272,11 +272,11 @@ EZR 3 8 e0js translate-ordinal וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנ
|
|||
EZR 3 8 eh5s translate-hebrewmonths וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית ... בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 in the second month You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 rs79 figs-explicit וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית לְבוֹאָ֞ם אֶל־בֵּ֤ית הָֽאֱלֹהִים֙ לִיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם 1 At this time, there was no temple in Jerusalem. So this phrase likely means one of two things. (1) The book could be referring implicitly to the purpose for which they came. In that case it would mean, **in the second year after they returned to Jerusalem in order to build a new temple there**. (2) The book could also be describing the return to Judah generally by referring to one prominent place in Judah, the temple site in Jerusalem. In that case it would mean, **in the second year after they returned from exile to the province of Judah to resettle there**. You could say either of those things as an alternate translation if that would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 y8bn figs-metaphor בֵּ֤ית הָֽאֱלֹהִים֙ 1 to the house of God Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 ckj4 figs-explicit בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 in the second year The book does not say explicitly why the Jewish leaders started the actual construction of the new temple at this time. One possibility is that once they had ordered the necessary materials, as verse [7](../03/07.md) describes, it took seven months for enough materials to be delivered for construction to begin. Another possibility is that the leaders waited until spring because winter would have been a bad time to start building. Yet another possibility is that they wanted to lay the foundation of this new temple in the second month of the year for ceremonial reasons, because that was the month in which King Solomon had laid the foundation of the original temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the second month, once they had received sufficient materials” or “in the second month, once the spring weather came” or “in the second month, the same month when King Solomon laid the foundation of the first temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 ckj4 figs-explicit בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 in the second year The book does not say explicitly why the Jewish leaders started the actual construction of the new temple at this time. One possibility is that once they had ordered the necessary materials, as [3:7](../03/07.md) describes, it took seven months for enough materials to be delivered for construction to begin. Another possibility is that the leaders waited until spring because winter would have been a bad time to start building. Yet another possibility is that they wanted to lay the foundation of this new temple in the second month of the year for ceremonial reasons, because that was the month in which King Solomon had laid the foundation of the original temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the second month, once they had received sufficient materials” or “in the second month, once the spring weather came” or “in the second month, the same month when King Solomon laid the foundation of the first temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 wwz8 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֣ל בֶּן־שְׁ֠אַלְתִּיאֵל 1 Zerubbabel is the name of a man, and Shealtiel is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 fa38 translate-names וְיֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק 1 Jeshua…Jozadak Jeshua is the name of a man, and Jozadak is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 bzi5 figs-metaphor וּשְׁאָ֥ר אֲחֵיהֶ֣ם׀ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֗ם 1 Here, **brothers** seems to be a figurative way of saying **fellow leaders**, since the priests and Levites were also leaders in the community like Zerubbabel the governor and Jeshua the high priest. Alternate translation: “their fellow leaders, the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 hy61 figs-abstractnouns וְכָל־הַבָּאִים֙ מֵהַשְּׁבִ֣י 1 The abstract noun **captivity** refers to the way the Babylonians had transported many of the Jews away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. (These included many of the parents or grandparents of the people here, but also some of these people themselves, as verse [12](../03/12.md) indicates.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “and the rest of the people who had returned to Jerusalem from where their enemies had taken them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 hy61 figs-abstractnouns וְכָל־הַבָּאִים֙ מֵהַשְּׁבִ֣י 1 The abstract noun **captivity** refers to the way the Babylonians had transported many of the Jews away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. (These included many of the parents or grandparents of the people here, but also some of these people themselves, as [3:12](../03/12.md) indicates.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “and the rest of the people who had returned to Jerusalem from where their enemies had taken them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 8yam figs-ellipsis הֵחֵ֡לּוּ 1 Here, the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This most likely means **began to build a new temple**. You could say that as an alternate translation if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 tliz grammar-connect-logic-goal וַיַּעֲמִ֣ידוּ 1 This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions that the rest of the verse describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a term such as **so** to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so they appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 hf5n figs-idiom אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֗ם מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה 1 from twenty years old Here, **son of** is an idiom that indicates a person’s age. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were at least 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ EZR 3 12 h0i1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְרַבִּ֡ים 1 This wo
|
|||
EZR 3 12 4q1v figs-ellipsis וְרָאשֵׁ֨י הָאָב֜וֹת 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md), this is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses**. Review the explanatory note to this phrase in [1:5](../01/05.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 96gu writing-background הַזְּקֵנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָא֜וּ אֶת־הַבַּ֤יִת 1 This phrase provides background information to identify these specific priests, Levites, and clan leaders further. Alternate translation: “who were old enough to have seen the first temple before it was destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 wzqy figs-explicit בֹּכִ֖ים בְּק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל 1 The book does not say specifically why these older leaders who had seen the first temple were weeping. One possibility is that they felt grief and loss because they remembered the first temple in all of its glory and they could not imagine that this replacement would ever be as splendid. Another possibility is that seeing the community begin to restore its temple brought back memories of the terrible days in which the original temple had been destroyed and the people had had to leave their homes and go into exile. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “wept loudly because they thought this new temple could never be as glorious as the first one” or “wept loudly because they remembered how the first temple had been destroyed” or just “wept loudly, remembering the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 yarf figs-metonymy בְּיָסְד֔וֹ זֶ֤ה הַבַּ֨יִת֙ בְּעֵ֣ינֵיהֶ֔ם 1 As in verse [6](../03/06.md), **founding** means to begin construction on a building. It is a reference to the first step, laying a foundation, though it may mean starting the project generally. **Eyes** figuratively represent sight. So this phrase means **when construction began on the temple in their sight**. Alternate translation: “began to weep when they saw the foundation that the builders had laid for this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 yarf figs-metonymy בְּיָסְד֔וֹ זֶ֤ה הַבַּ֨יִת֙ בְּעֵ֣ינֵיהֶ֔ם 1 As in [3:6](../03/06.md), **founding** means to begin construction on a building. It is a reference to the first step, laying a foundation, though it may mean starting the project generally. **Eyes** figuratively represent sight. So this phrase means **when construction began on the temple in their sight**. Alternate translation: “began to weep when they saw the foundation that the builders had laid for this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 xj13 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַבַּ֤יִת הָֽרִאשׁוֹן֙ ... זֶ֤ה הַבַּ֨יִת֙ 1 first house As often in this book, **house** is a metaphor for **temple**. Alternate translation: “the first temple … this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 rmy5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְרַבִּ֛ים 1 before their eyes The word **yet** indicates a contrast between what the people just described were doing and what the people who will be described next were doing. You could indicate this contrast by saying something like, “But many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 d9tw figs-idiom וְרַבִּ֛ים בִּתְרוּעָ֥ה בְשִׂמְחָ֖ה לְהָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל 1 wept with a loud voice To lift up a voice is an idiom that means to speak, shout, or sing loudly. Alternate translation: “many others were giving loud, happy shouts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -327,9 +327,9 @@ EZR 3 13 u6pc figs-explicit וְאֵ֣ין הָעָ֗ם מַכִּירִי
|
|||
EZR 3 13 rvdj figs-activepassive וְהַקּ֥וֹל נִשְׁמַ֖ע עַד־לְמֵרָחֽוֹק 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The combined sound was so loud that those who lived far away from Jerusalem could hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 intro x878 0 # Ezra 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Helping to build the temple<br>The people of the surrounding nations offered to help to build the temple. It is unknown why the Jews refused their help. These other people became their enemies and tried to hinder the work. They even persuaded the king of Persia to stop the Jews from building.
|
||||
EZR 4 1 v368 writing-background וַֽיִּשְׁמְע֔וּ 0 General Information: This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will be needed to understand what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 miqb figs-personification יְהוּדָ֖ה וּבִנְיָמִ֑ן 0 Here, the book is referring figuratively to the people who came from the tribe of Judah as if they were a single person, their ancestor Judah. It is referring similarly to the people of the tribe of Benjamin as if they were a single person, their ancestor Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin,” however, see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 i4dx figs-hendiadys יְהוּדָ֖ה וּבִנְיָמִ֑ן 0 Here, the book may be expressing a single idea figuratively by using two words connected with **and**. Together the two words may be a way of referring to all of the Israelites, since at this point the community consisted essentially of people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 vflf figs-synecdoche וַֽיִּשְׁמְע֔וּ ... כִּֽי־בְנֵ֤י הַגּוֹלָה֙ בּוֹנִ֣ים הֵיכָ֔ל 0 **Heard** means that these enemies learned by some means that the Jews were doing this. The book is figuratively using hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “learned that the Jews who had returned from exile were building a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 miqb figs-personification יְהוּדָ֖ה וּבִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 Here, the book is referring figuratively to the people who came from the tribe of Judah as if they were a single person, their ancestor Judah. It is referring similarly to the people of the tribe of Benjamin as if they were a single person, their ancestor Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin,” however, see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 i4dx figs-hendiadys יְהוּדָ֖ה וּבִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 Here, the book may be expressing a single idea figuratively by using two words connected with **and**. Together the two words may be a way of referring to all of the Israelites, since at this point the community consisted essentially of people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 vflf figs-synecdoche וַֽיִּשְׁמְע֔וּ ... כִּֽי־בְנֵ֤י הַגּוֹלָה֙ בּוֹנִ֣ים הֵיכָ֔ל 1 **Heard** means that these enemies learned by some means that the Jews were doing this. The book is figuratively using hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “learned that the Jews who had returned from exile were building a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 syf6 figs-idiom בְנֵ֤י הַגּוֹלָה֙ 1 As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and has taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 czf3 figs-informremind לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This phrase provides further background information about Yahweh and it likely expresses the perspective of the enemies on the situation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God they worshipped” or “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshipped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 dkbu grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּגְּשׁ֨וּ 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -361,9 +361,9 @@ EZR 4 5 jlap figs-idiom כָּל־יְמֵ֗י כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ
|
|||
EZR 4 5 tq7w figs-explicit וְעַד־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס 1 Darius did not succeed Cyrus directly, and so this means that the enemy opposition continued throughout the reigns of the successors of Cyrus, until Darius became king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and throughout the reign of his successors, until Darius became king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 5 8y4b translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 o931 writing-background וּבְמַלְכוּת֙ 1 <br><br>This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide some background information. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br><br><br>
|
||||
EZR 4 6 zxv3 figs-explicit וּבְמַלְכוּת֙ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בִּתְחִלַּ֖ת מַלְכוּת֑וֹ 1 Ahasuerus actually ruled the Persian Empire after Darius, who was his father. So here the book is presenting some events out of chronological order. That is, it is telling about some things that happened later, before finishing the story of what happened at this time. In verse [24](../04/24.md) the book will bring readers back to where it left off in verse [5](../04/05.md), and then, in chapter [5](../05/01.md), it will describe how work on rebuilding the temple did resume under the reign of Darius. But first it gives accounts here of how the enemies of the Jews continued to oppose them under two later kings, Ahasuerus (described in this verse) and Artaxerxes (described in verses [7–23](../04/07.md)). The purpose may be to show that the Jews were wise to refuse the help that leaders from other nations offered, as described in verses [1–3](../04/01.md). Since those leaders were actually enemies of the Jews, as they demonstrated by opposing them under one king after another, their offer was not sincere and they could not be trusted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact, they continued to oppose them under later kings. As soon as Ahasuerus succeeded his father Darius as king …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 zxv3 figs-explicit וּבְמַלְכוּת֙ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בִּתְחִלַּ֖ת מַלְכוּת֑וֹ 1 Ahasuerus actually ruled the Persian Empire after Darius, who was his father. So here the book is presenting some events out of chronological order. That is, it is telling about some things that happened later, before finishing the story of what happened at this time. In [4:24](../04/24.md) the book will bring readers back to where it left off in [4:5](../04/05.md), and then, in chapter [5](../05/01.md), it will describe how work on rebuilding the temple did resume under the reign of Darius. But first it gives accounts here of how the enemies of the Jews continued to oppose them under two later kings, Ahasuerus (described in this verse) and Artaxerxes (described in verses [7–23](../04/07.md)). The purpose may be to show that the Jews were wise to refuse the help that leaders from other nations offered, as described in verses [1–3](../04/01.md). Since those leaders were actually enemies of the Jews, as they demonstrated by opposing them under one king after another, their offer was not sincere and they could not be trusted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact, they continued to oppose them under later kings. As soon as Ahasuerus succeeded his father Darius as king …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 k3fy translate-names אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ 1 This is the name of a man. He is better known as Xerxes, so you could use that name for him in your translation if it would be clearer for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 iaw6 figs-explicit כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 wrote an accusation against the inhabitants of Judah and Jerusalem If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the enemies of the Jews accused them of doing. (The book provides the text of their letter in verses [11–16](../04/11.md), but it might be helpful to provide a summary in advance.) Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused the Jews who had returned to Judah and Jerusalem of wanting to revolt against the king and stop paying taxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 iaw6 figs-explicit כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 wrote an accusation against the inhabitants of Judah and Jerusalem If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the enemies of the Jews accused them of doing. (The book provides the text of their letter in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), but it might be helpful to provide a summary in advance.) Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused the Jews who had returned to Judah and Jerusalem of wanting to revolt against the king and stop paying taxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 z7sk figs-abstractnouns כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה 1 The abstract noun **accusation** refers to what the enemies of the Jews said about them in the letter that they sent to the king. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as **accuse**. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 o4k9 figs-metonymy כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה 1 Another way to view this phrase is that the book is referring figuratively to the physical letter by reference to something associated with it, its content, that is, what the enemies of the Jews said about them in it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a concrete term that explains the meaning of the figurative expression. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 kzu9 יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem, whatever their nationality, but rather the Jews who returned from exile and settled in those places. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in Judah and Jerusalem”
|
||||
|
|
@ -377,28 +377,28 @@ EZR 4 7 hdnj writing-background כְתָב֙ הַֽנִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן
|
|||
EZR 4 7 jl52 figs-activepassive הַֽנִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב 1 the letter If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “These officials arranged for someone to write their letter for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 7 ym9r figs-explicit וּמְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית 1 translated We might expect that logically this phrase would come before the previous one, **written in the Aramaic script**, since the letter had to be composed before it was written down. But in its present position at the end of this sentence, this phrase actually serves a larger purpose within the book. It signals readers that what follows, through [6:18](../06/18.md), is itself written in Aramaic. Presumably the original readers, who were clearly expected to understand both languages, would have been alert to such a signal. (A long Aramaic section in the book of Daniel is introduced similarly: “Then the wise men spoke to the king in Aramaic,” Daniel 2:4.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 48m7 translate-names רְח֣וּם 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 z7be figs-idiom בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם 1 This was Rehum’s official title. The expression likely means that he had the authority in that area to issue decrees on behalf of the king. The king actually tells him to do this in verse [21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 z7be figs-idiom בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם 1 This was Rehum’s official title. The expression likely means that he had the authority in that area to issue decrees on behalf of the king. The king actually tells him to do this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 uu3t translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁי֙ 1 Shimshai This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 hwq8 translate-unknown סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 Rehum This was Shimshai’s official title. It does not mean that he merely handled correspondence and record-keeping for Rehum. Rather, historical sources suggest that a **scribe** such Shimshai had important administrative responsibilities and authority of his own. Alternate translation: “the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 l343 figs-metonymy אִגְּרָ֥ה חֲדָ֖ה עַל־יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 Here, the book uses the term **Jerusalem** to refer figuratively, by association, to the Jews who lived in that city and, by extension, to their fellow Jews in the rest of the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “a letter against the Jews who had returned from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 kv6z figs-metonymy כְּנֵֽמָא 1 This phrase would ordinarly indicate that a copy of the text of the letter comes next in the book. If that is the case, then verses [9](../04/09.md) and [10](../04/10.md) are a preamble to the letter that lists the names of the senders. Alternate translation: “Here is what they wrote to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 kv6z figs-metonymy כְּנֵֽמָא 1 This phrase would ordinarly indicate that a copy of the text of the letter comes next in the book. If that is the case, then [4:9](../04/09.md) and [4:10](../04/10.md) are a preamble to the letter that lists the names of the senders. Alternate translation: “Here is what they wrote to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 kt23 אֱדַ֜יִן 1 This Aramaic term often introduces a new episode in a story. But since the book is not continuing the story here, but instead quoting a document that begins with a list of names, here the book may be using the term to introduce the document that it is quoting. If it would be clearer in your language, you could omit any translation of the term. Alternatively, you could use the term in your language that would customarily introduce a list of the senders of a letter or other document. Alternate translation: “From”<br>
|
||||
EZR 4 9 stkq figs-quotemarks אֱדַ֜יִן 1 If this word is introducing a quotation from a document, but you choose not to translate it, you could use some other means to indicate that this is a quotation, such quotation marks or whatever other punctuation or convention your language commonly uses for that purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 vvp8 translate-names רְח֣וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם 1 Erech…Susa This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in verse [8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 shnl translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁי֙ סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in verse [8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 d33e figs-idiom וּשְׁאָ֖ר כְּנָוָתְה֑וֹן דִּ֠ינָיֵא וַאֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣א 1 As in verse [7](../04/07.md), the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. The other three terms describe the various positions that the other people held who joined in sending this letter. Alternate translation: “their associates, who were judges, rulers, and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br><br><br>
|
||||
EZR 4 9 vvp8 translate-names רְח֣וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם 1 Erech…Susa This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 shnl translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁי֙ סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 d33e figs-idiom וּשְׁאָ֖ר כְּנָוָתְה֑וֹן דִּ֠ינָיֵא וַאֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣א 1 As in [4:7](../04/07.md), the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. The other three terms describe the various positions that the other people held who joined in sending this letter. Alternate translation: “their associates, who were judges, rulers, and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br><br><br>
|
||||
EZR 4 9 28pa translate-names אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵא֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔א דהוא עֵלְמָיֵֽא 1 These are the names of four people groups and an alternate name by which the last group was known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 yz8m figs-explicit אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵא֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔א דהוא עֵלְמָיֵֽא 1 These are apparently the people groups that the officials who wrote the letter belonged to. The writers seem to feel that they can speak on behalf of their entire people groups because they would agree with the concerns that they are expressing about the Jews. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the Persians, Erechites, Babylonians, and Susaites (that is, Elamites)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 10 k64z וּשְׁאָ֣ר אֻמַּיָּ֗א דִּ֤י הַגְלִי֙ אָסְנַפַּר֙ רַבָּ֣א וְיַקִּירָ֔א וְהוֹתֵ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּקִרְיָ֖ה דִּ֣י שָׁמְרָ֑יִן וּשְׁאָ֥ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה וּכְעֶֽנֶת 1 This could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to two sets of people groups: (a) some further groups that, like the four listed in verse [9](../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal exiled to the region of Samaria, and (b) all the other groups that were then living in the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “and all the other people groups whom the great and noble Ashurbanipal exiled and settled in the cities of Samaria, and all the other people groups living in Beyond-the-River.” (2) It could be referring to one set of people groups, made up of all the other groups that, like the four listed in verse [9](../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal moved to this area and resettled in the cities of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “and all the other people groups whom the great and noble Ashurbanipal exiled and settled in the cities of Samaria and the rest of Beyond-the-River.” Either way, the officials writing this letter feel that they can speak on behalf of those other groups, in addition to the groups they belong to personally.<br><br><br>
|
||||
EZR 4 10 k64z וּשְׁאָ֣ר אֻמַּיָּ֗א דִּ֤י הַגְלִי֙ אָסְנַפַּר֙ רַבָּ֣א וְיַקִּירָ֔א וְהוֹתֵ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּקִרְיָ֖ה דִּ֣י שָׁמְרָ֑יִן וּשְׁאָ֥ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה וּכְעֶֽנֶת 1 This could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to two sets of people groups: (a) some further groups that, like the four listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal exiled to the region of Samaria, and (b) all the other groups that were then living in the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “and all the other people groups whom the great and noble Ashurbanipal exiled and settled in the cities of Samaria, and all the other people groups living in Beyond-the-River.” (2) It could be referring to one set of people groups, made up of all the other groups that, like the four listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal moved to this area and resettled in the cities of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “and all the other people groups whom the great and noble Ashurbanipal exiled and settled in the cities of Samaria and the rest of Beyond-the-River.” Either way, the officials writing this letter feel that they can speak on behalf of those other groups, in addition to the groups they belong to personally.<br><br><br>
|
||||
EZR 4 10 d6lu translate-names אָסְנַפַּר֙ 1 Ashurbanipal This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 10 pu35 translate-names עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 10 s4ki וּכְעֶֽנֶת 1 This is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. In [4:11](../04/11.md), [4:17](../04/17.md), and [7:12](../07/12.md), it comes at the beginning of a letter, right after opening conventions such as the names of the sender and recipient and greetings. In [5:17](../05/17.md), it comes near the end of a letter, to introduce a request that the writers finally make in light of extensive background information that they provide up to that point. But here it introduces the letter itself, after a long preamble that lists the names of the senders and the groups on whose behalf they feel they can speak. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression.
|
||||
EZR 4 11 a7sk figs-aside דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹהִי 1 This is a copy **They** means the men listed in verse [9](../04/09.md). The book is interrupting its quotation after the preamble to make sure that readers know that the text of the letter itself will now follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
|
||||
EZR 4 11 lny4 figs-quotemarks דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹהִי 1 If you used quotation marks or some other punctuation or convention to indicate the beginning of the quotation at the start of verse [9](../04/09.md), you should use the same means to indicate that there is a break in the quotation at the end of verse [10](../04/10.md), and then show that the quotation resumes after this sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 4 11 a7sk figs-aside דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹהִי 1 This is a copy **They** means the men listed in [4:9](../04/09.md). The book is interrupting its quotation after the preamble to make sure that readers know that the text of the letter itself will now follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
|
||||
EZR 4 11 lny4 figs-quotemarks דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹהִי 1 If you used quotation marks or some other punctuation or convention to indicate the beginning of the quotation at the start of [4:9](../04/09.md), you should use the same means to indicate that there is a break in the quotation at the end of [4:10](../04/10.md), and then show that the quotation resumes after this sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 4 11 v61f translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 11 n6mp figs-123person עַבְדָ֛יךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה 1 the Province Beyond the River Here, the officials identify themselves as the senders of this letter, and they refer to themselves in the third person as **your servants** in order to address the king as their superior with humility and respect. Alternate translation: “From: Your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 4 11 uupo figs-idiom עַבְדָ֛יךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה 1 In this context, **men** means **people**, so this phrase means **people who live in Beyond-the-River province**. But together with the preceding phrase **your servants**, it means specifically those who work for the king there, that is, his royal officials. Alternate translation: “your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 11 a2bi וּכְעֶֽנֶת 1 As in verse [10](../04/10.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression.
|
||||
EZR 4 11 a2bi וּכְעֶֽנֶת 1 As in [4:10](../04/10.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression.
|
||||
EZR 4 12 bqu1 figs-123person יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 4 12 0168 figs-activepassive יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 12 alqa figs-idiom יְהוּדָיֵ֗א דִּ֤י סְלִ֨קוּ֙ מִן־לְוָתָ֔ךְ 1 As in several instances earlier in the book, here **went up** means **traveled from Babylon to Judah**, since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. The officials describe Babylon to the king as **near you** because it was relatively much closer to the Persian royal court and more distant from Samaria. Alternate translation: “the Jews who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ EZR 4 12 fu8s figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֨א מָֽרָדְתָּ֤א
|
|||
EZR 4 12 kke9 figs-doublet מָֽרָדְתָּ֤א ובאישתא 1 These two words mean similar things. The officials use them together to emphasize their certainty that because the people of Jerusalem are so **evil** or wicked (in this context meaning rebellious against authority), they would revolt against Artaxerxes if they were able to rebuild and fortify their city. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 4 12 jr26 figs-parallelism וְשׁוּרַיָּ֣א שַׁכְלִ֔ילוּ וְאֻשַּׁיָּ֖א יַחִֽיטוּ 1 repairing the foundations **Completing** here is a way of saying **building**. Several times in this section of Ezra, the text uses the two words **build and complete** together to mean that one thing, or it uses them as poetic parallels. (For example, **which a great king of Israel built and completed**, [5:11](../05/11.md), **to build this house and to complete this structure**, [5:3](../05/03.md).) The term **complete** by itself here seems similarly to have the meaning of **build**. **Repairing** could also mean **digging out**. Either way, this is a reference to preparing foundations so that buildings can be set up on them. So the officials are describing the project of restoring the city by referring to the work on two parallel parts of it, its walls and its buildings. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this without using a similar figure of speech. Alternate translation: “they are working throughout the city to restore it,” otherwise, “they are rebuilding the walls and preparing foundations for buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 4 13 daq3 כְּעַ֗ן 1 This word is similar to the expression **and now** in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md). Here, it introduces an important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
|
||||
EZR 4 13 2kk4 figs-123person יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 As in verse [12](../04/12.md), the officials address the king here in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 4 13 2kk4 figs-123person יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 As in [4:12](../04/12.md), the officials address the king here in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 4 13 cd84 figs-activepassive יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 13 1j7f figs-parallelism הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְשׁוּרַיָּ֖ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 These two phrases mean similar things. (As noted in [4:12](../04/12.md), **complete** is another way of saying **build** when the terms are paired like this.) Likely for emphasis, the officials say essentially the same thing twice, to create an ominous sense of threat. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if they are able to rebuild that whole city” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is actually stronger and more threatening, because the city walls could prevent Artaxerxes from reasserting his sovereignty by force. Alternate translation: “if they rebuild the city, and especially if they restore its protective walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 4 13 wj57 figs-activepassive הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְשׁוּרַיָּ֖ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 if this city is built and the wall is completed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. “If the Jews are able to rebuild the city and restore its walls.” Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -429,12 +429,12 @@ EZR 4 16 qw5y figs-123person מְהוֹדְעִ֤ין אֲנַ֨חְנָה֙ ל
|
|||
EZR 4 16 cr21 הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְשׁוּרַיָּ֖ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 if this city is rebuilt and its walls are completed See how you translated this expression in [4:13](../04/13.md). (It may be helpful to review the two notes there that discuss the parallelism and the passive form.)
|
||||
EZR 4 16 n9kz figs-explicit לָקֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽךְ 1 you will have no control The implication is that if Jerusalem became a stronghold, not only would its people rebel against Artaxerxes, they would lead all of the surrounding peoples to do the same, and the Persian Empire would lose all of its territories west of the Euphrates. Alternate translation: “they would lead the entire province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 16 keh5 figs-hyperbole לָקֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽךְ 1 the Province Beyond the River The expression **no share for you** likely also has the implication that the king would receive no further tribute or other revenue from the entire province. This is an exaggeration for emphasis and rhetorical effect. Alternate translation: “they would lead the entire province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you, and everyone there would stop paying tribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
EZR 4 17 u66e translate-names רְח֤וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵם֙ 1 Rehum This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in verse [8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 17 hja4 translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁ֣י סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 Shimshai This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in verse [8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 17 qp5d translate-names וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן דִּ֥י יָתְבִ֖ין בְּשָֽׁמְרָ֑יִן וּשְׁאָ֧ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛ה 1 the Province Beyond the River As in verse [10](../04/10.md), this could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to groups: (a) the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria, and (b) the people groups living in the rest of the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials, and the people groups living in Beyond-the-River.” (2) It could be referring to one group, the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials in Samaria and in the rest of Beyond-the-River.” It would probably be clearest for your readers if you followed the same reading here as you did in verse [10](../04/10.md), whether that of ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 17 rsd2 figs-idiom וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 the River As in verses [7](../04/07.md) and [9](../04/09.md), the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” or “the rest of their fellow officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 17 u66e translate-names רְח֤וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵם֙ 1 Rehum This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 17 hja4 translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁ֣י סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 Shimshai This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 17 qp5d translate-names וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן דִּ֥י יָתְבִ֖ין בְּשָֽׁמְרָ֑יִן וּשְׁאָ֧ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛ה 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [4:10](../04/10.md), this could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to groups: (a) the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria, and (b) the people groups living in the rest of the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials, and the people groups living in Beyond-the-River.” (2) It could be referring to one group, the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials in Samaria and in the rest of Beyond-the-River.” It would probably be clearest for your readers if you followed the same reading here as you did in [4:10](../04/10.md), whether that of ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 17 rsd2 figs-idiom וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 the River As in [4:7](../04/07.md) and [9](../04/09.md), the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” or “the rest of their fellow officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 17 oyb4 שְׁלָ֖ם 1 This is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders often included at the beginning of a letter at this time. (It is the Aramaic term that corresponds to the Hebrew expression “Shalom.”) If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “I hope all is well with you”
|
||||
EZR 4 17 is3z וּכְעֶֽת 1 As in verses [10](../04/10.md) and [11](../04/11.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. Unless your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you do not need to represent it in your translation.
|
||||
EZR 4 17 is3z וּכְעֶֽת 1 As in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [11](../04/11.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. Unless your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you do not need to represent it in your translation.
|
||||
EZR 4 18 nata figs-explicit נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֕א דִּ֥י שְׁלַחְתּ֖וּן עֲלֶ֑ינָא 1 The implication of the plural **us** is that the king and his royal officials have received this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have received the letter that you sent us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 18 sza5 figs-activepassive מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽי 1 the letter that you sent me has been translated and read If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and my officials have carefully read it aloud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 18 bbxs figs-explicit מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽי 1 The implication is not that the king was unable to read, or unable to see, and so he needed someone to read things to him. Rather, in ancient times, writing was considered a way of conveying speech at a distance. In effect, the court officials who read this letter aloud to the king were doing so on behalf of the Samaritan officials who had sent the letter, as if they had been present themselves. So be sure that your translation does not convey or suggest the idea that the king was unable to read. Alternate translation: “and my officials have carefully read it out loud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -450,8 +450,8 @@ EZR 4 20 ewxu writing-background וְשַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין 1 This word
|
|||
EZR 4 20 vmb6 וְשַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין בְּכֹ֖ל עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “they ruled over the whole area that is now Beyond-the-River province”
|
||||
EZR 4 20 s7mv figs-activepassive וּמִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַהֲלָ֖ךְ מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְהֽוֹן 1 Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “These kings conquered other nations and made them pay tribute” or “These kings conquered other nations and made them pay taxes, tribute, and duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 20 9o7z figs-doublet וּמִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַהֲלָ֖ךְ 1 Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them See how you translated this phrase in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
|
||||
EZR 4 21 54sp כְּעַן֙ 1 give a command This word is similar to the expression **and now** in verses [10](../04/10.md), [11](../04/11.md), and [17](../04/17.md). As in verses [13](../04/13.md) and [14](../04/14.md), it introduces an important point within a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
|
||||
EZR 4 21 ie6i figs-explicit שִׂ֣ימוּ טְּעֵ֔ם לְבַטָּלָ֖א גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֑ךְ 1 give a command **These men** means the Jews. This is a reference back to the letter from the Samaritan officials, in which they speak of **the Jews who went up from near you** and who **have come to us at Jerusalem** (verse [12](../04/12.md)). The implication is that the Jews are to stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Issue a decree to make those Jews who returned from exile to Jerusalem stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 21 54sp כְּעַן֙ 1 give a command This word is similar to the expression **and now** in [4:10](../04/10.md), [11](../04/11.md), and [17](../04/17.md). As in [4:13](../04/13.md) and [4:14](../04/14.md), it introduces an important point within a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
|
||||
EZR 4 21 ie6i figs-explicit שִׂ֣ימוּ טְּעֵ֔ם לְבַטָּלָ֖א גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֑ךְ 1 give a command **These men** means the Jews. This is a reference back to the letter from the Samaritan officials, in which they speak of **the Jews who went up from near you** and who **have come to us at Jerusalem** ([4:12](../04/12.md)). The implication is that the Jews are to stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Issue a decree to make those Jews who returned from exile to Jerusalem stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 21 emg2 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְקִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ לָ֣א תִתְבְּנֵ֔א עַד־מִנִּ֖י טַעְמָ֥א יִתְּשָֽׂם 1 give a command **So that** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that it describes the purpose for which Artaxerxes wants the officials to make the Jews stop work on the walls and houses. He does not want there to be any rebuilding in Jerusalem unless he authorizes it personally. Alternate translation: “I want this decree to prevent all rebuilding unless I issue a decree permitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
EZR 4 22 xxy6 figs-litotes וּזְהִירִ֥ין הֱו֛וֹ שָׁל֖וּ לְמֶעְבַּ֣ד עַל־דְּנָ֑ה 1 Be careful not to neglect This means, **Do not neglect to act concerning this**. This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “be sure to take action in response to this situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
EZR 4 22 snhn figs-explicit לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings? The implication is that if the Jews were able to rebuild and fortify Jerusalem and they revolted, then the interests of the king would be damaged because he would lose honor, as the officials suggest in their letter ([4:14](../04/14.md)), and he would also lose revenue ([4:13](../04/13.md), **the revenue of the kings will suffer harm**). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why should I suffer dishonor or lose tribute money?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -461,9 +461,9 @@ EZR 4 23 nhx0 grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֗יִן 1 the copy of the
|
|||
EZR 4 23 zq2h figs-explicit מִן־דִּ֞י פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָא֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔א קֱרִ֧י קֳדָם־רְח֛וּם וְשִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖א וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read The implication is that a messenger brought a copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes to these officials and read it aloud to them. (See the note to [4:18](../04/18.md) for background to the practice of reading correspondence out loud.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as soon as a messenger from King Artaxerxes brought a copy of his letter to Rehum, Shimshai the state secretary, and their associates and read it aloud to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 cz5l figs-activepassive פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָא֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔א קֱרִ֧י 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “a messenger from King Artaxerxes read a copy of his letter aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 8jzh translate-names ארתחששתא 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 s349 translate-names רְח֛וּם 1 Rehum This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in verse [8](../04/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 qu4l translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖א 1 Shimshai This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in verse [8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 6iff figs-idiom וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 Shimshai As in verses [7](../04/07.md), [9](../04/09.md) and [17](../04/11.md), the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 s349 translate-names רְח֛וּם 1 Rehum This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:8](../04/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 qu4l translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖א 1 Shimshai This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 6iff figs-idiom וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 Shimshai As in [4:7](../04/07.md), [4:9](../04/09.md) and [4:17](../04/17.md), the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 vkzx אֲזַ֨לוּ בִבְהִיל֤וּ לִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔א 1 Shimshai Alternate translation: “they hurried to Jerusalem to confront the Jews”
|
||||
EZR 4 23 yg0y figs-hendiadys וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל 1 Shimshai The phrase **an arm and power** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **power** tells what kind of **arm** or influence these officials used: a **powerful arm**, that is, a forcibly coercive one. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the two words in a single phrase. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 ck1l figs-metaphor וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל 1 Shimshai **Arm** here is a figurative way of referring to a person’s power, influence, and capacity for action. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -506,10 +506,10 @@ EZR 5 6 uq1x וּכְנָ֣וָתֵ֔הּ 1 the Province Beyond the River
|
|||
EZR 5 7 tqh1 figs-quotemarks לְדָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שְׁלָמָ֥א כֹֽלָּא 1 the Province Beyond the River Here, the book begins to quote the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 5 7 xf0z לְדָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
EZR 5 7 mho8 שְׁלָמָ֥א כֹֽלָּא 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [4:17](../04/17.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “We hope all is well with you”
|
||||
EZR 5 8 sp27 figs-123person יְדִ֣יעַ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֗א 0 General Information: These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 5 8 wizf figs-activepassive יְדִ֣יעַ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֗א 0 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 8 nv7q אֲזַ֜לְנָא לִיה֤וּד מְדִֽינְתָּא֙ 0 General Information: Alternate translation: “we went to the province of Judah”
|
||||
EZR 5 8 avmn figs-metaphor לְבֵית֙ אֱלָהָ֣א רַבָּ֔א 0 General Information: This means the temple. The officials speak of it figuratively as if it were a place in which God would live. (They likely say **the great God** because the Jews told them, as they report in [5:11](../05/11.md), that it would be a temple for the God who made heaven and earth.) Alternate translation: “the temple of the great God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 8 sp27 figs-123person יְדִ֣יעַ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֗א 1 General Information: These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 5 8 wizf figs-activepassive יְדִ֣יעַ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֗א 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 8 nv7q אֲזַ֜לְנָא לִיה֤וּד מְדִֽינְתָּא֙ 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “we went to the province of Judah”
|
||||
EZR 5 8 avmn figs-metaphor לְבֵית֙ אֱלָהָ֣א רַבָּ֔א 1 General Information: This means the temple. The officials speak of it figuratively as if it were a place in which God would live. (They likely say **the great God** because the Jews told them, as they report in [5:11](../05/11.md), that it would be a temple for the God who made heaven and earth.) Alternate translation: “the temple of the great God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 8 nmq2 figs-activepassive וְה֤וּא מִתְבְּנֵא֙ אֶ֣בֶן גְּלָ֔ל וְאָ֖ע מִתְּשָׂ֣ם בְּכֻתְלַיָּ֑א וַעֲבִ֥ידְתָּא דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א 1 timbers If it would be clearer in your language, you could say these things with active forms, and you could say was doing these actions. Alternate translation: “The Jews are building the temple out of large stones, and they are setting timber beams in the walls.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 8 cgiz figs-activepassive וַעֲבִ֥ידְתָּא דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א 1 timbers Once again you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. The term **diligently**, used here and several further times in the book, means carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Alternate translation: “They are doing the work carefully and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 8 3zzw figs-metaphor וּמַצְלַ֥ח בְּיֶדְהֹֽם 1 timbers Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “and it is succeeding at their initiative” or “and they are making good progress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -517,13 +517,13 @@ EZR 5 9 uee9 figs-quotemarks מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם ב
|
|||
EZR 5 9 68jz figs-quotemarks מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לְמִבְנְיָ֔ה וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 Who issued you a command See how you translated this question in [5:3](../05/03.dm). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 5 10 okji וְאַ֧ף שְׁמָהָתְהֹ֛ם שְׁאֵ֥לְנָא לְּהֹ֖ם לְהוֹדָעוּתָ֑ךְ דִּ֛י נִכְתֻּ֥ב שֻׁם־גֻּבְרַיָּ֖א דִּ֥י בְרָאשֵׁיהֹֽם 1 Who issued you a command Alternate translation: “And we also asked them their names so that we could let you know what they were. We are sending you in writing the names of the men who were their leaders.”
|
||||
EZR 5 10 3n28 figs-metaphor בְרַיָּ֖א דִּ֥י בְרָאשֵׁיהֹֽם 1 Who issued you a command Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying **leader**. Alternate translation: “the men who were their leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 11 f9fm figs-quotemarks אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹהִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 0 General Information: Starting here, and through [5:16](../05/16.md), there is another quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 5 11 f9fm figs-quotemarks אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹהִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 1 General Information: Starting here, and through [5:16](../05/16.md), there is another quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 5 11 m5y2 figs-idiom אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹהִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 1 We are servants of the God The Jewish leaders describe themselves as **servants** of God, for one thing, because they are speaking of a superior with humility and respect. However, in this context, the expression is also an idiom that indicates that this is the God whom they worship. Alternate translation: “We worship the God who created heaven and earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 5 11 35fg figs-explicit אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 1 We are servants of the God The implications of this phrase are that God created heaven and earth and therefore rightfully rules over them. Alternate translation: “the God who created heaven and earth and rules over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 5 11 a1ui figs-metaphor וּבָנַ֤יִן בַּיְתָא֙ 1 that was built many years ago, which a great king of Israel built and completed **House** means the temple. This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying the **house of God**, a figurative description of the temple as the place where God lived. Alternate translation: “we are rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 11 y9hr figs-hendiadys וּמֶ֤לֶךְ לְיִשְׂרָאֵל֙ רַ֔ב בְּנָ֖הִי וְשַׁכְלְלֵֽהּ 1 completed In this section of the book, **completing** is another way of saying **building** when the two words are used together. (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) So the Jewish elders are expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “which a great king of Israel constructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 5 12 mnpe grammar-connect-logic-contrast לָהֵ֗ן 1 completed This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what someone would hope and expect to happen after a great king built a temple for God and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as **unfortunately** to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EZR 5 12 un5r figs-metaphor מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֨נָא֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א 0 General Information: **Fathers** here figuratively means **ancestors**. Alternate translation: “because our ancestors angered the God who rules in heaven” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 12 un5r figs-metaphor מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֨נָא֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א 1 General Information: **Fathers** here figuratively means **ancestors**. Alternate translation: “because our ancestors angered the God who rules in heaven” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 12 pqp8 figs-metaphor יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּיַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 provoked the God of heaven to wrath Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “God allowed Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 12 cy4x figs-metonymy יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּיַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Nebuchadnezzar alone did not conquer the kingdom of Judah. Rather, the elders are describing his armies figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the emperor who commanded them. Alternate translation: “God allowed the armies of Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 5 12 lfdn translate-names נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Nebuchadnezzar is the name of a man, and Babylon is the name of the empire that he ruled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -534,26 +534,26 @@ EZR 5 13 e3wn grammar-connect-logic-contrast בְּרַם֙ 1 King Cyrus issued
|
|||
EZR 5 13 fnbe translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַ֣ת חֲדָ֔ה לְכ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 5 13 16xc translate-names לְכ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 13 g9o0 figs-explicit מַלְכָּ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God Cyrus was the king of the Persian Empire, but since under his leadership the Persians had conquered the Babylonians, he also had the right to use the title **king of Babylon**. The implication may be that as the heir and successor to the throne of Babylon, Cyrus had the same power over the temple as Nebuchadnezzar, and so he could order it to be rebuilt. Alternate translation: “who conquered Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 5 14 q6am וְ֠אַף מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּק֙ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֔ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל הִמּ֔וֹ לְהֵיכְלָ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל הַנְפֵּ֨ק הִמּ֜וֹ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בָבֶ֔ל וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 0 General Information: This sentence may be hard for readers to follow because in it, the direct object (that is, the thing that receives the action) comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break this sentence up in to three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar had taken the gold and silver objects that were used in worship out of the temple in Jerusalem. He had brought them to the temple in Babylon. King Cyrus took them out of the temple in Babylon and gave them to a man named Sheshbazzar.”
|
||||
EZR 5 14 4kn9 translate-unknown מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ 0 General Information: This means specifically the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 5 14 qsv0 figs-activepassive וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ 0 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and Cyrus gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 14 q6am וְ֠אַף מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּק֙ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֔ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל הִמּ֔וֹ לְהֵיכְלָ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל הַנְפֵּ֨ק הִמּ֜וֹ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בָבֶ֔ל וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 1 General Information: This sentence may be hard for readers to follow because in it, the direct object (that is, the thing that receives the action) comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break this sentence up in to three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar had taken the gold and silver objects that were used in worship out of the temple in Jerusalem. He had brought them to the temple in Babylon. King Cyrus took them out of the temple in Babylon and gave them to a man named Sheshbazzar.”
|
||||
EZR 5 14 4kn9 translate-unknown מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ 1 General Information: This means specifically the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 5 14 qsv0 figs-activepassive וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and Cyrus gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 14 w7ix translate-names לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 1 Sheshbazzar This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 15 kwvp grammar-connect-time-sequential וַאֲמַר 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt The elders use this word to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 5 15 pdri figs-quotemarks וַאֲמַר־לֵ֓הּ׀ 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt This means, **Cyrus said to Sheshbazzar**. What follows in the rest of the verse is a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. Within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. And within that response, the elders are quoting what King Cyrus told Sheshbazzar to do. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off the rest of the verse within tertiary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 5 15 q6r3 figs-activepassive וּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א יִתְבְּנֵ֥א עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to rebuild the temple on its original site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 16 x9zt grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֨יִן֙ 0 General Information: The elders use this word to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 5 16 batc שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר דֵּ֔ךְ אֲתָ֗א 0 General Information: The implication is that he came **here**, that is, from the perspective of the elders who are speaking, to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that man named Sheshbazzar came here”
|
||||
EZR 5 16 iuxm וּמִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְעַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 0 General Information: In several places the book says **built and completed** to mean **constructed**. (Review the note about this at [5:11](../05/11.md) if that would be helpful.) But this expression means something different. The elders use a different verb for the second element that means, after **not**, that the temple was only partially rebuilt, and then the work was interrupted. It would probably be helpful to your readers to show this difference in your translation. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it”
|
||||
EZR 5 16 x9zt grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֨יִן֙ 1 General Information: The elders use this word to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 5 16 batc שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר דֵּ֔ךְ אֲתָ֗א 1 General Information: The implication is that he came **here**, that is, from the perspective of the elders who are speaking, to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that man named Sheshbazzar came here”
|
||||
EZR 5 16 iuxm וּמִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְעַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 General Information: In several places the book says **built and completed** to mean "constructed." (Review the note about this at [5:11](../05/11.md) if that would be helpful.) But this expression means something different. The elders use a different verb for the second element that means, after **not**, that the temple was only partially rebuilt, and then the work was interrupted. It would probably be helpful to your readers to show this difference in your translation. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it”
|
||||
EZR 5 16 d7m8 figs-activepassive מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 it has been under construction, but is not complete If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 16 myr8 figs-quotemarks וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 under construction Here, the letter ends its quotation of what the Jewish elders told Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in verse [11](../05/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 f4m4 וּכְעַ֞ן 0 General Information: As in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. In this case, it comes near the end of the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this phrase.
|
||||
EZR 5 16 myr8 figs-quotemarks וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 under construction Here, the letter ends its quotation of what the Jewish elders told Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [5:11](../05/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 f4m4 וּכְעַ֞ן 1 General Information: As in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. In this case, it comes near the end of the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this phrase.
|
||||
EZR 5 17 kviz figs-idiom הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣א טָ֗ב 1 let a search be made This is an idiom that means, **If the king thinks this is a good idea** or **If this advice is acceptable to the king**. Alternate translation: “If it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 hlsk figs-123person הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣א טָ֗ב 1 let a search be made Tattenai and his associates address the king in third person as a form of respect. Even if your language would conventionally use the second person in a context like this, you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as **O king** Alternate translation: “If it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 abm5 figs-activepassive יִ֠תְבַּקַּר 1 let a search be made If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “have your officials search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 gidq figs-metaphor בְּבֵ֨ית גִּנְזַיָּ֜א דִּי־מַלְכָּ֣א 1 let a search be made [6:1](../06/01.md) explains more specifically that this was **the house of the books where the treasures had been deposited**, that is, the building where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. It is called a **house** [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]ically as if these documents **lived** there. Alternate translation: “in the building where the royal archives are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 vii9 figs-activepassive הֵ֣ן אִיתַ֗י דִּֽי־מִן־כּ֤וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם לְמִבְנֵ֛א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ בִּירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whether King Cyrus issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 fzez figs-123person וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה יִשְׁלַ֥ח עֲלֶֽינָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Tattenai and his associates continue to address the king in third person as a form of respect. Here again you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “please tell us, O king, what you would like us to do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 ieh1 figs-quotemarks וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה...עֲלֶֽינָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Here, the book ends its quotation of the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. If you decided in verse [7](../05/07.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 ieh1 figs-quotemarks וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה...עֲלֶֽינָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Here, the book ends its quotation of the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. If you decided in [5:7](../05/07.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 intro y5d8 0 # Ezra 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple taxes<br>The king said the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Darius<br>In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia, the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. It was those earlier Assyrian rulers who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reasons that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group.
|
||||
EZR 6 1 cmmn grammar-connect-logic-result בֵּאדַ֛יִן 1 issued a command and a search was made This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 6 1 spf8 figs-explicit דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּבַקַּ֣רוּ׀ 1 issued a command and a search was made The implication is that King Darius ordered his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate the claims that the Jewish elders had made a response to the questions that Tattenai and his associates asked them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Darius commanded his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate whether King Cyrus had issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ EZR 6 1 p41w figs-idiom תַּמָּ֖ה בְּבָבֶֽל 1 in the archives
|
|||
EZR 6 2 1cxt grammar-connect-logic-result וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח 1 a scroll was found This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 6 2 gfa8 figs-activepassive וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח…מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה 1 a scroll was found If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The officials found one scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 2 f8w5 translate-names בְּאַחְמְתָ֗א...דִּ֛י בְּמָדַ֥י מְדִינְתָּ֖ה 1 Ecbatana Ecbatana is the name of a city, and Media is the name of the province in which it was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 i2dk figs-quotemarks בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א 0 General Information: Here, the book begins to quote what the scroll said that the officials found in Ecbatana. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 i2dk figs-quotemarks בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א 1 General Information: Here, the book begins to quote what the scroll said that the officials found in Ecbatana. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 ev3b translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א 1 In the first year of King Cyrus The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 lyht translate-names לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ 1 In the first year of King Cyrus This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 gi3x figs-quotemarks בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א 1 Let the house be rebuilt Starting here, and through [6:5](../06/05.md), there is a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana, and within that scroll, the royal chronicles quote the decree of Cyrus. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -580,18 +580,18 @@ EZR 6 5 ujut מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲב
|
|||
EZR 6 5 5lhj figs-activepassive מָאנֵ֣י...יַהֲתִיב֗וּן 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Return these objects to the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 5 bwim translate-unknown מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house This means specifically the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 6 5 0l8e figs-parallelism וִ֠יהָךְ לְהֵיכְלָ֤א דִי־בִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לְאַתְרֵ֔הּ וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house These two phrases mean similar things. Cyrus is saying basically the same thing twice to emphasize how important it is for his officials to carry out this command. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “Make sure that you put each one of these objects back in the temple, right where it belongs.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 6 5 vo0d figs-quotemarks וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, the scroll ends its quotation from the decree of Cyrus. If you decided in the middle of verse [3](../06/03.md) to mark these words as a quotation within a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 5 xrzz figs-quotemarks וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, the text also ends its quotation from the scroll. If you decided at the start of verse [3](../06/03.md) to mark its words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 f9x5 figs-ellipsis כְּעַ֡ן 0 General Information: Here, the book leaves out some of the material that a story would ordinarily need in order to be complete. It jumps right from its quotation from the scroll that was discovered at Ecbatana into the letter that King Darius wrote to Tattenai and his associates in response to what the scroll said. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When King Darius learned from the scroll that Cyrus had ordered the temple to be rebuilt, he sent Tattenai and his associates a letter in answer to their inquiry. He told them what he had learned and then said, “Now …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 ks97 figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 0 General Information: Since the book here begins to quote the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 wtim figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 0 General Information: As in [4:13](../04/13.md), [4:14](../04/14.md), and [4:21](../04/21.md), this word introduces an important point within a letter. (It is similar to the expression **and now** in [4:10](../04/10.md), [4:11](../04/11.md), [4:17](../04/17.md), and [5:17](../05/17.md).) If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 qpqv figs-123person תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔א דִּ֖י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 0 General Information: Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, we would expect him to say **your companions**, in the second person, rather than **their companions**, in the third person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), [4:17–22](../04/17.md), and [5:7–17](../05/17.md), the full letter probably said something like, **To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now** followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus, and then instructions to these men, beginning **Now: Be far away from there!** But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, if it would be clearer in your language, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 6 5 vo0d figs-quotemarks וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, the scroll ends its quotation from the decree of Cyrus. If you decided in the middle of [6:3](../06/03.md) to mark these words as a quotation within a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 5 xrzz figs-quotemarks וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, the text also ends its quotation from the scroll. If you decided at the start of [6:3](../06/03.md) to mark its words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 f9x5 figs-ellipsis כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information: Here, the book leaves out some of the material that a story would ordinarily need in order to be complete. It jumps right from its quotation from the scroll that was discovered at Ecbatana into the letter that King Darius wrote to Tattenai and his associates in response to what the scroll said. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When King Darius learned from the scroll that Cyrus had ordered the temple to be rebuilt, he sent Tattenai and his associates a letter in answer to their inquiry. He told them what he had learned and then said, “Now …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 ks97 figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information: Since the book here begins to quote the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 wtim figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information: As in [4:13](../04/13.md), [4:14](../04/14.md), and [4:21](../04/21.md), this word introduces an important point within a letter. (It is similar to the expression **and now** in [4:10](../04/10.md), [4:11](../04/11.md), [4:17](../04/17.md), and [5:17](../05/17.md).) If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 qpqv figs-123person תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔א דִּ֖י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 General Information: Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, we would expect him to say **your companions**, in the second person, rather than **their companions**, in the third person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), [4:17–22](../04/17.md), and [5:7–17](../05/17.md), the full letter probably said something like, **To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now** followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus, and then instructions to these men, beginning **Now: Be far away from there!** But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, if it would be clearer in your language, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 xd9g translate-names תַּ֠תְּנַי…שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 xk9x וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “their associates” or “your associates”
|
||||
EZR 6 6 akg1 figs-metaphor רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 the Province Beyond the River King Darius uses a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] to indicate figuratively that he wants Tattenai and his associates not to interfere with what the Jews are doing in Jerusalem. The meaning is not simply that they are to stay away physically from that area, since they could still plot against the Jews from a distance (for example, by bribing officials in the royal court, as [4:5](../04/05.md) describes). Alternate translation: “Do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 7 k1ks figs-parallelism שְׁבֻ֕קוּ לַעֲבִידַ֖ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ 1 the Province Beyond the River This sentence means basically the same thing as the last sentence in verse [6](../06/06.md). Darius says essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation for both sentences: “Do not interfere with the rebuilding of the temple in Jerusalem” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific. It says precisely what Darius wants these Samaritan officials to leave alone. Alternate translation: “Do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem. Do not disturb the work on the temple there.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 6 7 k1ks figs-parallelism שְׁבֻ֕קוּ לַעֲבִידַ֖ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ 1 the Province Beyond the River This sentence means basically the same thing as the last sentence in [6:6](../06/06.md). Darius says essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation for both sentences: “Do not interfere with the rebuilding of the temple in Jerusalem” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific. It says precisely what Darius wants these Samaritan officials to leave alone. Alternate translation: “Do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem. Do not disturb the work on the temple there.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 6 7 8w40 בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [5:15](../05/15.md), this expression means **rebuild the temple on its original site**. You could say that as an alternate translation.
|
||||
EZR 6 8 ci97 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ לְמָ֣א דִֽי־תַֽעַבְד֗וּן עִם־שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵא֙ אִלֵּ֔ךְ לְמִבְנֵ֖א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ 0 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what I am commanding you to do to help the elders of the Jews rebuild that temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 8 ci97 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ לְמָ֣א דִֽי־תַֽעַבְד֗וּן עִם־שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵא֙ אִלֵּ֔ךְ לְמִבְנֵ֖א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what I am commanding you to do to help the elders of the Jews rebuild that temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 8 njb9 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗א דִּ֚י מִדַּת֙ עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔ה אָסְפַּ֗רְנָא נִפְקְתָ֛א תֶּהֱוֵ֧א מִֽתְיַהֲבָ֛א לְגֻבְרַיָּ֥א אִלֵּ֖ךְ 1 Let this cost be paid diligently at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you officials to pay the full costs of the rebuilding from the royal treasury, from the tribute that you receive in Beyond-the-River province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 8 te7b figs-123person וּמִנִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗א 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 6 8 xfsc figs-litotes דִּי־לָ֥א לְבַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River **It** here means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -602,12 +602,12 @@ EZR 6 9 fn3z לַעֲלָוָ֣ן 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes bey
|
|||
EZR 6 9 5xb9 לֶאֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟א 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
|
||||
EZR 6 9 n37a figs-idiom י֥וֹם׀ בְּי֖וֹם 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River **Day by day** is an idiom that means **every day** or **every single day**. Alternate translation: “every single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 9 wlto figs-litotes דִּי־לָ֥א שָׁלֽוּ 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Here the king uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “make sure that you do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
EZR 6 10 it87 grammar-connect-logic-goal דִּֽי־לֶהֱוֺ֧ן מְהַקְרְבִ֛ין נִיחוֹחִ֖ין לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א וּמְצַלַּ֕יִן לְחַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River In this phrase, Darius explains the purpose for which he is commanding the actions described in the previous part of this sentence, in verse [9](../06/09.md). If you decided to break that verse into three sentences, you can make this verse a fourth sentence of its own. If it would be clearer in your language, you also could use a term such as **that way** to indicate that Darius is explaining his purpose here. Alternate translation: “That way, the priests can continually offer sweet-smelling sacrifices to the God who rules in heaven heaven and pray that God will preserve my life and the life of my sons.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
EZR 6 10 it87 grammar-connect-logic-goal דִּֽי־לֶהֱוֺ֧ן מְהַקְרְבִ֛ין נִיחוֹחִ֖ין לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א וּמְצַלַּ֕יִן לְחַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River In this phrase, Darius explains the purpose for which he is commanding the actions described in the previous part of this sentence, in [6:9](../06/09.md). If you decided to break that verse into three sentences, you can make this verse a fourth sentence of its own. If it would be clearer in your language, you also could use a term such as **that way** to indicate that Darius is explaining his purpose here. Alternate translation: “That way, the priests can continually offer sweet-smelling sacrifices to the God who rules in heaven heaven and pray that God will preserve my life and the life of my sons.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
EZR 6 10 mchh לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
|
||||
EZR 6 10 xq28 figs-123person לְחַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “that God will preserve my life and the life of my sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 6 10 2820 figs-metaphor וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean the biological sons of King Darius. Alternate translation: “my sons” (2) **Sons** could figuratively mean **descendants**, and specifically those whom Darius hoped would succeed him on the throne. As the note to [4:15](../04/15.md) explains, the Persian kings spoke of predecessor kings as their **fathers**, so they may also have spoken of successor kings as their **sons**. Alternate translation: “my successors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 11 em18 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י 0 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And I am commanding that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 11 zdzd figs-idiom כָל־אֱנָ֗שׁ דִּ֤י יְהַשְׁנֵא֙ פִּתְגָמָ֣א דְנָ֔ה 0 General Information: **Change** could mean giving different instructions from what the king had commanded, but it could also mean doing something other than what his decree commands. [6:12](../06/12.md) suggests that **changing** could mean destroying the temple rather than ensuring that it was rebuilt and maintained. Alternate translation: “If anyone disobeys this edict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 11 em18 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And I am commanding that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 11 zdzd figs-idiom כָל־אֱנָ֗שׁ דִּ֤י יְהַשְׁנֵא֙ פִּתְגָמָ֣א דְנָ֔ה 1 General Information: **Change** could mean giving different instructions from what the king had commanded, but it could also mean doing something other than what his decree commands. [6:12](../06/12.md) suggests that changing could mean destroying the temple rather than ensuring that it was rebuilt and maintained. Alternate translation: “If anyone disobeys this edict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 11 uqt8 figs-explicit יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔הּ וּזְקִ֖יף יִתְמְחֵ֣א עֲלֹ֑הִי 1 a beam must be pulled from his house and he must be impaled on it. His house must then be turned into a rubbish heap This is an implicit reference to one form of capital punishment that the Persians used. Darius assumes that the officials know what he means. Anyone who violates his order is to be lifted up and impaled on a beam of wood from his own house. That is, one end of the beam is to be sharpened so that it will pass through the body of the offender, and he is to be suspended in the air on the beam. Alternate translation: “pull a beam out of his house, sharpen one end, and lift him up and impale him on it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 11 w334 figs-metaphor וּבַיְתֵ֛הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד עַל־דְּנָֽה 1 a beam The expression **rubbish heap** means figuratively that the house would be so thoroughly destroyed that it would look like a garbage dump. The former site of the house would not necessarily be used as an actual dump. Alternate translation: “And as a further punishment for violating my order, I command you to demolish his house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 11 i9yf figs-activepassive יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔הּ...וּבַיְתֵ֛הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד 1 impaled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say both of these things with active forms, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “pull a beam out of his house … demolish his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ EZR 6 12 mn8y figs-ellipsis לְהַשְׁנָיָ֛ה לְחַבָּלָ
|
|||
EZR 6 12 y3sn figs-informremind דִּ֣י בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 to change it Here Darius repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about what temple this decree applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 hjya figs-activepassive אֲנָ֤ה דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ שָׂ֣מֶת טְעֵ֔ם אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 to change it If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is to do the action. Alternate translation: “I, King Darius, am issuing this decree. I command you to carry it out exactly and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 yf8s translate-names דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ 1 to change it This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 a8x8 figs-quotemarks אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 to change it Here, the text ends its quotation from the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in verse [6](../06/12.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 a8x8 figs-quotemarks אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 to change it Here, the text ends its quotation from the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [6:12](../06/12.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 13 x0id grammar-connect-logic-result אֱ֠דַיִן 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the result of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “In response” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 6 13 alm6 translate-names תַּתְּנַ֞י…שְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai This are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 13 4dp6 וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Alternate translation: “their associates”
|
||||
|
|
@ -654,8 +654,8 @@ EZR 6 18 zkjf figs-metaphor וַהֲקִ֨ימוּ כָהֲנַיָּ֜א.
|
|||
EZR 6 18 iix1 figs-explicit כָהֲנַיָּ֜א בִּפְלֻגָּתְה֗וֹן וְלֵוָיֵא֙ בְּמַחְלְקָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 to their divisions The book assumes that readers will know that these **divisions** and **sections** were groups of priests and Levites, respectively, that served in the temple for a week at a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in groups for a week at a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 18 ba06 figs-metaphor עַל־עֲבִידַ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖א דִּ֣י בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 to their divisions Here, the book describes God in a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] as if he lived in the city of Jerusalem. This is a figurative reference to the way God’s presence was in the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to lead the worship of God in the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 18 vt19 כִּכְתָ֖ב סְפַ֥ר מֹשֶֽׁה 1 to their divisions Alternate translation: “as it is written in the book of Moses” or “as God commanded in the Law of Moses”
|
||||
EZR 6 19 9898 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיַּעֲשׂ֥וּ בְנֵי־הַגּוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־הַפָּ֑סַח 1 to their divisions The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that it explains the results of what the previous sentence described. (As verse [20](../06/20.md) explains, because the priests and Levites had been assigned to their duties, festivals like this could be observed again.) Alternate translation: “As a result, the Jews who had returned from exile were able to celebrate Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 6 19 iy2d figs-idiom בְנֵי־הַגּוֹלָ֖ה 1 to their divisions See how you translated this expression in verse [16](../06/16.md). Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 19 9898 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיַּעֲשׂ֥וּ בְנֵי־הַגּוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־הַפָּ֑סַח 1 to their divisions The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that it explains the results of what the previous sentence described. (As [6:20](../06/20.md) explains, because the priests and Levites had been assigned to their duties, festivals like this could be observed again.) Alternate translation: “As a result, the Jews who had returned from exile were able to celebrate Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 6 19 iy2d figs-idiom בְנֵי־הַגּוֹלָ֖ה 1 to their divisions See how you translated this expression in [6:16](../06/16.md). Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 19 9fmy translate-unknown אֶת־הַפָּ֑סַח 1 to their divisions Passover is the name of a religious festival that the Law of Moses commanded the Jews to celebrate every year to remember how God had rescued their ancestors from slavery in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 6 19 6w76 translate-ordinal בְּאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן 1 to their divisions The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **fourteen**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **fourteenth**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 6 19 j6lm translate-hebrewmonths בְּאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן 1 fourteenth day of the first month You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -686,8 +686,8 @@ EZR 7 intro p3he 0 # Ezra 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>
|
|||
EZR 7 1 h549 וְאַחַר֙ הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה 1 General Information: This phrase, common in Hebrew storytelling, indicates that the book will now relate events that came some time after the events it has described to this point. (Nearly sixty years went by between the sixth year of the reign of Darius, when the Jews finished rebuilding the temple, [6:15](../06/15.md), and the seventh year of Artaxerxes, who was the grandson of Darius, when Ezra traveled to Jerusalem, [7:6](../07/06.md).) If your language has a similar phrase that indicates this same thing, you can use that in your translation.
|
||||
EZR 7 1 2ol2 translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא 1 General Information: This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 1 uerz figs-explicit עֶזְרָא֙ 1 General Information: In Ezra’s genealogy in [7:1–6](../07/01.md), the book compresses about 30 generations, from Ezra back to Aaron, into a list of 16 ancestors. There is a symbolic significance behind the number of names chosen for the list, as this note will explain shortly. Moreover, three men on the list are included specifically because they had significant roles in the history of the worship of the Israelite community. Aaron [(7:5)](../07/05.md) was the first high priest under the Law of Moses and the first to serve in the tabernacle. Azariah [(7:3)](../07/03.md) was the first high priest to serve in the temple that Solomon built, which this book describes in [5:11](../05/11.md). Seraiah [(7:1)](../07/01.md) was the last high priest to serve in that temple. Unfortunately, the Babylonians executed him when they conquered Jerusalem and destroyed the temple. The rest of the names in the list are selected so that there will be seven generations between Aaron and Azariah, and seven generations between Azariah and Ezra, with Seraiah listed as the last generation before Ezra, even though he was Ezra’s great-grandfather. In the Bible, the number seven symbolically represents completeness. So this genealogy does not merely provide a partial list of the names of Ezra’s ancestors. Rather, it depicts his coming to Jerusalem as another definitive moment in the worship life of the Israelite community, comparable to the inauguration of worship in the tabernacle in the wilderness under Moses and in the Jerusalem temple under Solomon. If you have the freedom to use formatting creatively in your translation, you could make the implicit information about Aaron, Azariah, and Seraiah explicit and format this genealogy in a way that will highlight its purpose and design. Alternate translation and formatting: <br> <br>Ezra— <br> <br>the descendant of Seraiah, the last high priest in Solomon’s temple, <br>the son of Azariah, <br>the son of Hilkiah, <br>the son of Shallum, <br>the son of Zadok, <br>the descendant of Ahitub, <br>the descendant of Amariah, <br> <br>the son of Azariah, the high priest in Solomon’s temple, <br> <br>the descendant of Meraioth, <br>the son of Zerahiah, <br>the son of Uzzi, <br>the son of Bukki, <br>the son of Abishua, <br>the son of Phinehas, <br>the son of Eleazar, <br> <br>the son of Aaron, the first high priest in the tabernacle <br> <br>—this Ezra <br> <br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 1 u6xs translate-names עֶזְרָא֙ 0 General Information: This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 1 n9di figs-metaphor בֶּן־שְׂרָיָ֔ה בֶּן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Seraiah In general, in the list in verses [1–6](../07/01.md), **son** figuratively means **descendant**. However, in many cases a man actually is the biological son of the next man on the list. So for your translation, you will need to decide whether to use the figurative expression **son**, which can also be literally true in many cases, or the non-figurative expression **descendant**, which is true in every case, or to say **son** for actual sons and **descendant** for descendants who are not actual sons. Choosing that last option would help show that the men on the list have been selected to make a certain number and arrangement, as explained in an earlier note. Alternative translations will illustrate this last option for each verse. Here, alternate translation: “the descendant of Seraiah, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 1 u6xs translate-names עֶזְרָא֙ 1 General Information: This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 1 n9di figs-metaphor בֶּן־שְׂרָיָ֔ה בֶּן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Seraiah In general, in the list in [7:1–6](../07/01.md), **son** figuratively means **descendant**. However, in many cases a man actually is the biological son of the next man on the list. So for your translation, you will need to decide whether to use the figurative expression **son**, which can also be literally true in many cases, or the non-figurative expression **descendant**, which is true in every case, or to say **son** for actual sons and **descendant** for descendants who are not actual sons. Choosing that last option would help show that the men on the list have been selected to make a certain number and arrangement, as explained in an earlier note. Alternative translations will illustrate this last option for each verse. Here, alternate translation: “the descendant of Seraiah, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 1 gcr6 translate-names שְׂרָיָ֔ה...עֲזַרְיָ֖ה...חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Azariah…Hilkiah These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 2 iy78 בֶּן־שַׁלּ֥וּם בֶּן־צָד֖וֹק בֶּן־אֲחִיטֽוּב 1 Shallum Alternate translation: “the son of Shallum, the son of Zadok, the descendant of Ahitub”
|
||||
EZR 7 2 e2ek translate-names שַׁלּ֥וּם...צָד֖וֹק...אֲחִיטֽוּב 1 Zadok…Ahitub These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ EZR 7 7 zwq2 וְהַשֹּׁעֲרִ֛ים 1 in the seventh year of King
|
|||
EZR 7 7 szwv translate-names וְהַנְּתִינִ֖ים 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes See how you translated this term in [2:43](../02/43.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 7 961a figs-idiom וַיַּֽעֲל֣וּ…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes The book says **went up** because these people had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “traveled to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 7 7 tt66 translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַת־שֶׁ֖בַע לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **seven**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **seventh**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 7 8 cr7y translate-hebrewmonths וַיָּבֹ֥א יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֑י 1 the fifth month **He** means Ezra, but the statement also applies to the all others described in verse [7](../07/07.md) who were traveling with him. The **fifth month** means the fifth month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the name or number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “And they all arrived in Jerusalem during the fifth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EZR 7 8 cr7y translate-hebrewmonths וַיָּבֹ֥א יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֑י 1 the fifth month **He** means Ezra, but the statement also applies to the all others described in [7:7](../07/07.md) who were traveling with him. The **fifth month** means the fifth month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the name or number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “And they all arrived in Jerusalem during the fifth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EZR 7 8 9ee2 translate-ordinal בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֑י 1 the fifth month Alternate translation: “in month 5” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 7 8 co12 translate-ordinal הִ֛יא שְׁנַ֥ת הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית לַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the fifth month Alternate translation: “in year 7 of the reign of Artaxerxes,” or, since the year was mentioned at the end of the previous verse, “of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 7 9 fsqw writing-background כִּ֗י 1 the first day of the first month This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will readers appreciate what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: Connect - [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -727,10 +727,10 @@ EZR 7 10 b5p7 figs-metaphor עֶזְרָא֙ הֵכִ֣ין לְבָב֔וֹ
|
|||
EZR 7 10 y7yr figs-metaphor לִדְר֛וֹשׁ אֶת־תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה וְלַעֲשֹׂ֑ת 1 to observe Just as in [6:21](../06/21.md) to **seek** Yahweh figuratively means choosing to know, worship, and obey him, so here **to seek the law of Yahweh and to do it** means choosing to learn his law thoroughly in order to obey it, as a way of being loyal and obedient to Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “to learn the law Yahweh thoroughly and obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 10 w9d8 figs-hendiadys וּלְלַמֵּ֥ד בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל חֹ֥ק וּמִשְׁפָּֽט 1 its statutes and ordinances Here, the book expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The words **statute** and **ordinance** both refer to commandments in the Law of Moses. The book uses the two words together to refer comprehensively to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “and to teach the people of Israel everything that the law commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 7 10 x92b figs-personification בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 its statutes and ordinances Here, the story refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 7 11 qjr1 translate-names הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא 1 This is a copy of the letter Artaxerxes is the name of a man. It also occurs in verses [12](../07/12.md) and [21](../07/21.md) in this chapter. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). Alternate translation: “King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 11 qjr1 translate-names הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא 1 This is a copy of the letter Artaxerxes is the name of a man. It also occurs in [7:12](../07/12.md) and [7:21](../07/21.md) in this chapter. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). Alternate translation: “King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 11 5atp figs-informremind לְעֶזְרָ֥א הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הַסֹּפֵ֑ר סֹפֵ֞ר דִּבְרֵ֧י מִצְוֺת־יְהוָ֛ה וְחֻקָּ֖יו עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter Here, the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a priest and a scribe, and who had carefully studied everything that Yahweh had commanded the people of Israel to do in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 7 11 w5oy figs-doublet מִצְוֺת־יְהוָ֛ה וְחֻקָּ֖יו עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter These two phrases mean similar things. The book uses them together to refer comprehensively to everything in the law. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that Yahweh had commanded the people of Israel to do in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 7 11 54s9 figs-personification יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter As in verse [10](../07/10.md), the story refers here to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 7 11 54s9 figs-personification יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter As in [7:10](../07/10.md), the story refers here to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 7 12 4cfw figs-quotemarks אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑א לְעֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָא 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings Here, the book begins to quote a letter of introduction and authorization that Artaxerxes gave to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 7 12 y33a figs-explicit אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑א 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings Following the conventions of letter-writing at the time, Artaxerxes gives his name first, as the sender. **The king of kings** was a title, meaning that he was the greatest of kings, the king that other kings obeyed. Alternate translation: “The Great King Artaxerxes” or “Artaxerxes, the greatest king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 12 8fcw writing-background לְעֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָא סָפַ֨ר דָּתָ֜א דִּֽי־אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛א 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings As was also conventional, Artaxerxes gives Ezra’s name next, as the recipient. He also includes some background information that helps identify Ezra further. Alternate translation: “Ezra, a priest of the God who rules in heaven, who has studied his law carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -738,9 +738,9 @@ EZR 7 12 gwt9 אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛א 1 Artaxerxes, king of king
|
|||
EZR 7 12 al0q גְּמִ֖יר 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings As in [4:17](../04/17.md) and [5:7](../05/07.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “We hope all is well with you”
|
||||
EZR 7 12 0f52 וּכְעֶֽנֶת 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings This is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. If it would be helpful, review the note about this expression at [4:10](../04/10.md). If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression.
|
||||
EZR 7 13 d9b4 figs-activepassive מִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י 1 I am issuing a decree that all those…who desire to go up to Jerusalem If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am commanding that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 13 wi2u figs-you לִמְהָ֧ךְ לִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֛ם עִמָּ֖ךְ יְהָֽךְ 1 may go with you The king is addressing Ezra, so **you** refers to him here, and **you** and **your** similarly refer to him in all of their other occurrences through verse [20](../07/20.md). If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a respected individual would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EZR 7 13 wi2u figs-you לִמְהָ֧ךְ לִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֛ם עִמָּ֖ךְ יְהָֽךְ 1 may go with you The king is addressing Ezra, so **you** refers to him here, and **you** and **your** similarly refer to him in all of their other occurrences through [7:20](../07/20.md). If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a respected individual would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EZR 7 13 g0ml מִן־עַמָּ֨ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 may go with you Here, Artaxerxes specifies that this is the name of Ezra’s people group, perhaps because he does not expect everyone who sees this letter to be familiar with them already. Alternate translation: “the people known as ‘Israel’”
|
||||
EZR 7 14 cbf2 grammar-connect-logic-result כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּי֩ 0 Connecting Statement: This word indicates that in the long sentence that follows, the next several phrases (verses [14–16](../07/14.md)) will provide the reasons for what the final two phrases say (in verse [17](../07/17.md)). You can translate this first word with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. However, also consider the suggestion in the first note to [7:15](../07/15.md) about breaking up this long sentence if that would make things clearer for your readers. If you follow that suggestion, you do not need to represent the word here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Since” or “In view of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 cbf2 grammar-connect-logic-result כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּי֩ 1 Connecting Statement: This word indicates that in the long sentence that follows, the next several phrases ([7:14–16](../07/14.md)) will provide the reasons for what the final two phrases say (in [7:17](../07/17.md)). You can translate this first word with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. However, also consider the suggestion in the first note to [7:15](../07/15.md) about breaking up this long sentence if that would make things clearer for your readers. If you follow that suggestion, you do not need to represent the word here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Since” or “In view of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 h7cx figs-activepassive מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I am my seven counselors are sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 1x02 figs-123person מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א...שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I … am sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 tpvw figs-metaphor מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א...שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors This could mean literally that Ezra has been in the king’s presence, that is, in his court, and that the king is sending him out from there. This phrase would show anyone who read the letter that Ezra was an important figure in the royal court. The phrase could also be a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] indicating that Ezra is going out on the king’s behalf and with his authority. Alternate translation: “I … am sending you from my court” or “I … am sending you with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ EZR 7 14 u9he translate-unknown וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִ
|
|||
EZR 7 14 6nqr figs-metonymy לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ 1 the king, and his seven counselors Artaxerxes is describing the Jews who in the province of Judah, and especially its capital city of Jerusalem, figuratively, by reference to things that are associated with them, the province and city where they live. Alternate translation: “to see how carefully the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem are following the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 v44t figs-explicit לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ 1 to inquire concerning Judah and Jerusalem according to the law of your God The implication, particularly in light of the powers that the king gives Ezra at the end of the letter ([7:25–26](../07/25.md)), is that **inquire** means more than just **find out about**. It also implies **do something about**. Alternate translation: “to make sure that the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem follow the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 bwvo figs-metonymy דִּ֥י בִידָֽךְ 1 to inquire concerning Judah and Jerusalem according to the law of your God Here, **hand** could mean two different things, and perhaps both are intended. (1) It could mean that Ezra was going to bring a written copy of the law of God with him. In that case **hand** would figuratively mean Ezra himself, by reference to something associated with bringing the law along, carrying it in the hand or using the hand to pack it. Alternate translation: “that you are bringing with you” (2) **Hand** could also be a metaphor for power and authority, meaning that Ezra was to consider that the law of God gave him the authority to ensure that its commandments were followed. Alternate translation: “which will be the authority behind any measures you need to take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 15 m1pn grammar-connect-logic-result וּלְהֵיבָלָ֖ה כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֑ב דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֣א וְיָעֲט֗וֹהִי הִתְנַדַּ֨בוּ֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל דִּ֥י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽהּ 1 You are to bring the silver and gold Verses [14–17](../07/14.md) are one long sentence in Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could break up that sentence into several parts. You could make verse [14](../07/14.md) a sentence of its own, and you could divide this verse into two sentences, one describing a reason and the other describing a result. Alternate translation: “My counselors and I have freely given silver and gold as offerings to the God of Israel. I am also sending you to deliver those gifts to his temple in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 15 m1pn grammar-connect-logic-result וּלְהֵיבָלָ֖ה כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֑ב דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֣א וְיָעֲט֗וֹהִי הִתְנַדַּ֨בוּ֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל דִּ֥י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽהּ 1 You are to bring the silver and gold Verses [7:14–17](../07/14.md) are one long sentence in Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could break up that sentence into several parts. You could make [7:14](../07/14.md) a sentence of its own, and you could divide this verse into two sentences, one describing a reason and the other describing a result. Alternate translation: “My counselors and I have freely given silver and gold as offerings to the God of Israel. I am also sending you to deliver those gifts to his temple in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 15 uu8a figs-123person מַלְכָּ֣א 1 have freely offered As in [7:14](../07/14.md), Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 15 qy1s figs-personification דִּ֥י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽהּ 1 have freely offered Artaxerxes speaks of the God of Israel as if he actually lived in Jerusalem. Like Darius in [6:12](../06/12.md), he seems to be echoing Jewish usage, likely to show his respect for the God of Israel. The phrase indicates that Jerusalem is the place from which God chose to start making himself known throughout the world. In this context it seems to refer specifically to the temple, since in the next verse Artaxerxes associates the silver and gold that he and his counselors have given with further gifts that others may give **for the house of God that is in Jerusalem**. Alternate translation: “whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 7 16 j69i figs-idiom וְכֹל֙ כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֔ב דִּ֣י תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח בְּכֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests If it would be helpful to your readers, you could also divide this verse into two sentences. This phrase could be the first sentence. **Find** is an idiom that in this context means **can obtain**. Artaxerxes is giving Ezra permission to invite everyone in the province of Babylon to contribute. Alternate translation: “I give you permission to ask everyone living in the province of Babylon to contribute silver and gold as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -757,12 +757,12 @@ EZR 7 16 4pbi figs-metonymy בְּכֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל
|
|||
EZR 7 16 i0eg translate-names בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests This is the name of one of the provinces in the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [1:11](../01/11.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 16 474p עִם֩ הִתְנַדָּב֨וּת עַמָּ֤א וְכָֽהֲנַיָּא֙ מִֽתְנַדְּבִ֔ין לְבֵ֥ית אֱלָהֲהֹ֖ם דִּ֥י בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests If you have chosen to divide this verse into two sentences, this can be the second sentence. Here, **the people** means the people of Israel, as in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “I also authorize you to collect any offerings that the people of Israel and their priests want to give freely for the temple in Jerusalem”
|
||||
EZR 7 16 pdnm figs-informremind דִּ֥י בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests Like Darius in [6:12](../06/12.md), here Artaxerxes repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about what temple his command applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 7 17 pr2c grammar-connect-logic-result כָּל־קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָה֩ 0 Connecting Statement: This word introduces the final part of the long sentence in verses [14–17](../07/14.md). It indicates the results of the reasons that the sentence has given so far. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. However, if you have followed the suggestion to break this long sentence up into several shorter sentences, you do not need to represent the word here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 17 ciw6 figs-explicit בְּכַסְפָּ֣א דְנָ֗ה 0 Connecting Statement: The implication is that this means not just the gifts from the priests and Israelites, but also the gifts from the king, his counselors, and the people of the province of Babylon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “With all of this money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 17 pr2c grammar-connect-logic-result כָּל־קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָה֩ 1 Connecting Statement: This word introduces the final part of the long sentence in [7:14–17](../07/14.md). It indicates the results of the reasons that the sentence has given so far. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. However, if you have followed the suggestion to break this long sentence up into several shorter sentences, you do not need to represent the word here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 17 ciw6 figs-explicit בְּכַסְפָּ֣א דְנָ֗ה 1 Connecting Statement: The implication is that this means not just the gifts from the priests and Israelites, but also the gifts from the king, his counselors, and the people of the province of Babylon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “With all of this money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 17 b2sq figs-explicit אָסְפַּ֨רְנָא תִקְנֵ֜א...דְנָ֗ה תּוֹרִ֤ין׀ דִּכְרִין֙ אִמְּרִ֔ין וּמִנְחָתְה֖וֹן וְנִסְכֵּיה֑וֹן 1 diligently buy bulls, rams, lambs, and grain offerings and drink offerings The implication, as [6:9](../06/09.md) indicates explicitly, is that the bulls, rams, and lambs were to be used for whole burnt offerings. If it would be helpful, review the note to [3:2](../03/02.md) about what whole burnt offerings were and why they were offered. The book also expects readers to know that the Law of Moses said that two further things should be offered together with the animals that were sacrificed in whole burnt offerings. One was a certain amount of flour mixed with oil, considered a **grain offering**. The other was a certain amount of wine, considered a **drink offering**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “be sure to buy bulls, rams, and lambs to sacrifice as whole burnt offerings, and grain, oil, and wine for the grain offerings and drink offerings that the law says must accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 17 sjnr אָסְפַּ֨רְנָא 1 diligently buy bulls, rams, lambs, and grain offerings and drink offerings In their decrees, as several examples in this book show, the Persian kings used this term **diligently** to mean carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Review the note to [5:8](../05/08.md) about this term if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “be sure to”
|
||||
EZR 7 18 a2bh figs-metaphor וּמָ֣ה דִי֩ עליך וְעַל־אחיך יֵיטַ֗ב בִּשְׁאָ֛ר כַּסְפָּ֥א וְדַהֲבָ֖ה לְמֶעְבַּ֑ד כִּרְע֥וּת אֱלָהֲכֹ֖ם תַּעַבְדֽוּן 1 you and your brothers Here, **brother** is a figurative way of saying **fellow Israelites**, and in context it likely refers to the other Jewish leaders who would decide with Ezra what to do with the extra money. Alternate translation: “You and your fellow Jewish leaders can decide what you think your God would like you to do with any silver and gold that is left over.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 19 h5qf grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּמָֽאנַיָּא֙ 0 Connecting Statement: This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast, between what Ezra and the other Jewish leaders could do with gold and silver that people contributed in the form of money and what they had to do with gold and silver that people contributed in the form of bowls and other objects that could be used in the temple. You could begin the sentence with a word such as **however** to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EZR 7 19 h5qf grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּמָֽאנַיָּא֙ 1 Connecting Statement: This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast, between what Ezra and the other Jewish leaders could do with gold and silver that people contributed in the form of money and what they had to do with gold and silver that people contributed in the form of bowls and other objects that could be used in the temple. You could begin the sentence with a word such as **however** to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EZR 7 19 h6x1 figs-explicit וּמָֽאנַיָּא֙ דִּֽי־מִתְיַהֲבִ֣ין לָ֔ךְ לְפָלְחָ֖ן בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֑ךְ הַשְׁלֵ֕ם קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 the objects that were given to you As in [1:7](../01/07.md), **vessels** refers to bowls, basins, and other objects that could be used in worship in the temple. The ones that people contributed on this occasion are described in more detail in [8:26–27](../08/26.md). The implication in what the king says here is that Ezra and the Jewish leaders are not to sell or melt down these objects and use the proceeds to pay for temple expenses. Rather, they must use these objects only for temple worship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do not use objects that people contribute for use in the temple of your God to pay for the temple expenses. Make sure that you deliver every one of them to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 19 yho1 figs-abstractnouns לְפָלְחָ֖ן בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֑ךְ 1 the objects that were given to you The idea behind the abstract noun **service** can be expressed with a verb such as **use**. Alternate translation: “to use in the temple of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 7 19 bkk8 figs-idiom הַשְׁלֵ֕ם 1 deliver in full before the God of Jerusalem This Aramaic expression means to **make complete**. It is the same one that the Jewish leaders use in [5:16](../05/16.md) when they say that the temple is not “finished” yet. In context it means that Ezra must be sure to deliver every single one of the contributed objects to the temple, so that the complete set that was donated will be reassembled there. (We see him doing this carefully in [8:26–27](../08/26.md)). Alternate translation: “Make sure that you deliver every one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -771,10 +771,10 @@ EZR 7 19 wsrv figs-metaphor קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם
|
|||
EZR 7 20 tytf figs-idiom וּשְׁאָ֗ר חַשְׁחוּת֙ בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֔ךְ דִּ֥י יִפֶּל־לָ֖ךְ לְמִנְתַּ֑ן 1 treasury **That falls to you to give** is an idiom that means **that you have occasion to give**, in other words, **that you have to provide**. Alternate translation: “And anything else that you need to provide for the temple of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 7 20 4shw figs-synecdoche תִּנְתֵּ֕ן מִן־בֵּ֖ית גִּנְזֵ֥י מַלְכָּֽא 1 treasury This does not mean, as in [5:17](../05/17.md), the place where valuable royal documents were stored. Rather, as with the shorter expression **the treasures of the king** in [6:8](../06/08.md), it means the royal treasury or the royal revenue. It is not necessarily a physical building. **House** likely represents all the wealth of the king figuratively. It is a metaphor for **property**, meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to pay for from my royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 7 20 hgu9 figs-123person בֵּ֖ית גִּנְזֵ֥י מַלְכָּֽא 1 treasury Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “my royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 wiy2 grammar-connect-logic-result וּ֠מִנִּי 0 Connecting Statement: This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Specifically, Artaxerxes has just said that Ezra may pay for additional expenses out of the royal treasury. Consequently, he will now give instructions about providing funds to Ezra to the officials responsible for administering the royal revenue in the province where Jerusalem is located. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 rfxe figs-123person וּ֠מִנִּי אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם 0 Connecting Statement: Up to this point in the letter, Artaxerxes has been addressing Ezra, and he has spoken of himself mostly in the third person. But now as he turns to address a new audience, the royal treasurers, he speaks of himself in the first person, and he uses the emphatic form **me myself** and repeats his name and title, as in verse [12](../07/12.md). If you have been translating the king’s use of the third person for himself in this letter with the second person in your language, it may be helpful to your readers if you use some emphatic form or extended phrase here to show this transition. Alternate translation: “I, King Artaxerxes, am personally commanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 wiy2 grammar-connect-logic-result וּ֠מִנִּי 1 Connecting Statement: This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Specifically, Artaxerxes has just said that Ezra may pay for additional expenses out of the royal treasury. Consequently, he will now give instructions about providing funds to Ezra to the officials responsible for administering the royal revenue in the province where Jerusalem is located. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 rfxe figs-123person וּ֠מִנִּי אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם 1 Connecting Statement: Up to this point in the letter, Artaxerxes has been addressing Ezra, and he has spoken of himself mostly in the third person. But now as he turns to address a new audience, the royal treasurers, he speaks of himself in the first person, and he uses the emphatic form **me myself** and repeats his name and title, as in [7:12](../07/12.md). If you have been translating the king’s use of the third person for himself in this letter with the second person in your language, it may be helpful to your readers if you use some emphatic form or extended phrase here to show this transition. Alternate translation: “I, King Artaxerxes, am personally commanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 h6c8 figs-activepassive וּ֠מִנִּי אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם...דִּ֣י כָל־דִּ֣י יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְכוֹן עֶזְרָ֨א...אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 that anything that Ezra…asks from you, let it be done diligently If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I, King Artaxerxes, am personally commanding you to give Ezra anything he asks from you, and to do that exactly and promptly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 mlat figs-you יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְכוֹן 1 that anything that Ezra…asks from you, let it be done diligently The king now addressing the treasurers, so **you** refers to them here and in verse [24](../07/24.md). If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a group of people would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 mlat figs-you יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְכוֹן 1 that anything that Ezra…asks from you, let it be done diligently The king now addressing the treasurers, so **you** refers to them here and in [7:24](../07/24.md). If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a group of people would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 zz8u translate-unknown גִּזַּֽבְרַיָּ֔א 1 that anything that Ezra…asks from you, let it be done diligently These were royal officials responsible for administering the funds of the empire in their province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 i7dz translate-names בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 euy1 figs-informremind עֶזְרָ֨א כָהֲנָ֜ה סָפַ֤ר דָּתָא֙ דִּֽי־אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א 1 let it be done diligently Here, the king provides some background information to remind or inform the treasurers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who is a priest of the God who rules in heaven, and who has carefully studied his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ EZR 7 22 cja2 translate-bvolume חִנְטִין֙ כֹּרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה
|
|||
EZR 7 22 u3yi translate-bvolume וְעַד־חֲמַר֙ בַּתִּ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְעַד־בַּתִּ֥ין מְשַׁ֖ח מְאָ֑ה 1 one hundred baths of oil A bath was equivalent to about 22 liters. Once again, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements, or you could express the amount using the ancient measurement and explain its modern equivalent in a note. Alternate translation: “2200 liters of wine … 2200 liters of oil” or “600 gallons of wine … 600 gallons of oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
EZR 7 22 pdtm figs-idiom וּמְלַ֖ח דִּי־לָ֥א כְתָֽב 1 one hundred baths of oil This expression means that that the king is not specifying in writing a maximum amount of salt that Ezra can request, as he did for the silver, wheat, wine, and oil. Alternate translation: “an unlimited amount of salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 5z1d figs-activepassive כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א יִתְעֲבֵד֙ אַדְרַזְדָּ֔א לְבֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א 1 one hundred baths of oil If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you to make sure that the Jewish leaders have the funds they need to do everything that the God who rules in heaven has commanded regarding worship in his temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 ado8 figs-metaphor כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א...לְבֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א 1 one hundred baths of oil Here by **decree** Artaxerxes is likely referring to what he calls the **law of the God of heaven** in verse [12](../07/12.md). He means the Law of Moses, and specifically the commandments in the law for how community worship was to be conducted. Artaxerxes speaks of the law figuratively as if it were a royal decree that God had issued. Alternate translation: “everything that the God who rules in heaven has commanded regarding worship in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 ado8 figs-metaphor כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א...לְבֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א 1 one hundred baths of oil Here by **decree** Artaxerxes is likely referring to what he calls the **law of the God of heaven** in [7:12](../07/12.md). He means the Law of Moses, and specifically the commandments in the law for how community worship was to be conducted. Artaxerxes speaks of the law figuratively as if it were a royal decree that God had issued. Alternate translation: “everything that the God who rules in heaven has commanded regarding worship in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 t2e7 figs-metaphor לְבֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א 1 the house See how you translated the expressions **the house of God** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **the God of heaven** in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the temple of the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 i89i figs-rquestion דִּֽי־לְמָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons? The king is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect the treasurers to explain to him why there should be wrath against the kingdom. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the treasurers to ensure that sufficient funds are provided so that worship in the temple can be conducted just as God has commanded. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to be angry with me or with any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 bc0q figs-explicit דִּֽי־לְמָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons? The implication is that Artaxerxes wants to have God’s favor, and he is concerned that God will be displeased with him instead if he does not provide for God’s temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to be angry with me or with any of my descendants who rule after me because I neglected his temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -792,14 +792,14 @@ EZR 7 23 x6h5 figs-metonymy דִּֽי־לְמָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְ
|
|||
EZR 7 23 9ptx figs-metonymy מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons God would not actually be angry with the realm over which Artaxerxes has authority. Rather, he uses the term **kingdom** to describe himself and his descendants figuratively, by reference to something associated with them. Alternate translation: “me or any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 aia6 figs-123person מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “me or any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 wo5t figs-metaphor וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons This could possibly mean the biological sons of King Artaxerxes, but since he speaks of the kingdom as belonging to them, it is more likely that this is a figurative reference to his descendants, and specifically the line of direct descendants who would rule Persia as his successors. (If it would be helpful, review the notes to [4:15](../04/15.md) and [6:10](../06/10.md) about how Persian kings considered their predecessors their **fathers** and their successors their **sons**.) Alternate translation: “my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 24 pw3i figs-exclusive וּלְכֹ֣ם מְהוֹדְעִ֗ין דִּ֣י...מִנְדָּ֤ה בְלוֹ֙ וַהֲלָ֔ךְ לָ֥א שַׁלִּ֖יט לְמִרְמֵ֥א עֲלֵיהֹֽם 0 Connecting Statement: To this point in the letter, Artaxerxes has referred to himself in the singular, whether in the second person or the third person. But here he uses the plural. This could possibly indicate **I and my seven chief royal counselors**, as in verse [15](../07/15.md). However, since he spoke initially to these treasurers so individually and emphatically in verse [21](../07/21.md), it seems unlikely that he would appeal to supporting authorities when giving these further instructions to them. Rather, it seems that the king speaks in the plural here because he has just envisioned himself within a succession of kings who will rule over this kingdom. (As the expression **the revenue of the kings** in [4:13](../04/13.md) shows, the Persian emperors could envision their actions and decisions as embodying those of later kings.) So **we** most likely means **I**, and you could say that as an alternate translation. On the other hand, if you decide to say **we**, you should use the form that does not include the addressees, if you language makes that distinction. Alternate translation: “And I am informing you that you have no authority to collect taxes, tribute, or duty from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 24 pw3i figs-exclusive וּלְכֹ֣ם מְהוֹדְעִ֗ין דִּ֣י...מִנְדָּ֤ה בְלוֹ֙ וַהֲלָ֔ךְ לָ֥א שַׁלִּ֖יט לְמִרְמֵ֥א עֲלֵיהֹֽם 1 Connecting Statement: To this point in the letter, Artaxerxes has referred to himself in the singular, whether in the second person or the third person. But here he uses the plural. This could possibly indicate **I and my seven chief royal counselors**, as in [7:15](../07/15.md). However, since he spoke initially to these treasurers so individually and emphatically in [7:21](../07/21.md), it seems unlikely that he would appeal to supporting authorities when giving these further instructions to them. Rather, it seems that the king speaks in the plural here because he has just envisioned himself within a succession of kings who will rule over this kingdom. (As the expression **the revenue of the kings** in [4:13](../04/13.md) shows, the Persian emperors could envision their actions and decisions as embodying those of later kings.) So **we** most likely means **I**, and you could say that as an alternate translation. On the other hand, if you decide to say **we**, you should use the form that does not include the addressees, if you language makes that distinction. Alternate translation: “And I am informing you that you have no authority to collect taxes, tribute, or duty from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 24 wx23 מִנְדָּ֤ה בְלוֹ֙ וַהֲלָ֔ךְ 1 We also make known to you that it is not lawful to impose tax, tribute, or custom See how you translated this phrase in [4:13](../04/13.md).
|
||||
EZR 7 24 3w6q grammar-connect-logic-result כָל־כָּהֲנַיָּ֣א וְ֠לֵוָיֵא זַמָּ֨רַיָּ֤א תָרָֽעַיָּא֙ נְתִ֣ינַיָּ֔א וּפָ֣לְחֵ֔י בֵּ֖ית אֱלָהָ֣א דְנָ֑ה 1 We also make known to you that it is not lawful to impose tax, tribute, or custom The last phrase, **the servants of the house of this God**, describes what the people in the five groups listed all have in common. They all work in the temple of God. In this way, the phrase gives the reason why the treasurers may not impose taxes on anyone in any of these groups. Likely as a further way of supporting the temple, and perhaps also as a gesture of respect for God, Artaxerxes is providing an exemption from taxes for all temple personnel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this the first part of the sentence, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the sentence describes. Alternate translation: “Because the priests, Levites, singers, gatekeepers, and Nethinim all work in the temple of the God who rules in heaven, …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 24 3gkt translate-names וְ֠לֵוָיֵא 1 We also make known to you that it is not lawful to impose tax, tribute, or custom See how you translated this term in [2:40](../02/40.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 24 ycd8 זַמָּ֨רַיָּ֤א 1 musicians This is the same occupational group as in [2:41](../02/41.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
|
||||
EZR 7 24 gonv תָרָֽעַיָּא֙ 1 musicians This is the same occupational group as in [2:42](../02/42.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
|
||||
EZR 7 24 2k0a translate-names נְתִ֣ינַיָּ֔א 1 musicians See how you translated this term in [2:43](../02/43.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 r244 figs-you וְאַ֣נְתְּ עֶזְרָ֗א 0 Connecting Statement: The king now returns to address Ezra personally, so **you** refers to him here, and **you** and **your** similarly refer to him in all of their other occurrences through verse [26](../07/26.md), except in the phrase **you shall teach** at the end of this verse. If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a respected individual would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 r244 figs-you וְאַ֣נְתְּ עֶזְרָ֗א 1 Connecting Statement: The king now returns to address Ezra personally, so **you** refers to him here, and **you** and **your** similarly refer to him in all of their other occurrences through [7:26](../07/26.md), except in the phrase **you shall teach** at the end of this verse. If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a respected individual would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 qzk1 figs-metaphor כְּחָכְמַ֨ת אֱלָהָ֤ךְ דִּֽי־בִידָךְ֙ 1 according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates This could mean one of two things. (1) **Hand** could figuratively represent power and control, in other words, capacity. Alternate translation: “since you have become wise by studying the ways of your God.” (2) The phrase could mean the same thing as **by the law of your God that is in your hand** at the beginning of the letter ([7:14](../07/14.md)). There Artaxerxes told Ezra that he wanted him to make sure that the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem were following God’s commandments. This could be a follow-up reference to those commandments, since Artaxerxes is about to give Ezra considerable powers to enforce them. Alternate translation: “following the law of your God, which will be your authority” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 81rc figs-abstractnouns כְּחָכְמַ֨ת אֱלָהָ֤ךְ 1 according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates As the previous note illustrates, the idea behind the abstract noun **wisdom** can be expressed either with a verbal phrase, **you have become wise**, or with a noun, **the law of your God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 af8j figs-metonymy דִּֽי־בִידָךְ֙ 1 according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates See how you translated this phrase in [7:14](../07/14.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “that you are bringing with you” or “which will be the authority behind any measures you need to take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -810,37 +810,37 @@ EZR 7 25 6xkm figs-explicit וְדִ֧י לָ֦א יָדַ֖ע תְּהוֹ
|
|||
EZR 7 26 mrq1 figs-explicit וְכָל־דִּי־לָא֩ לֶהֱוֵ֨א עָבֵ֜ד דָּתָ֣א דִֽי־אֱלָהָ֗ךְ וְדָתָא֙ דִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֔א אָסְפַּ֕רְנָא דִּינָ֕ה לֶהֱוֵ֥א מִתְעֲבֵ֖ד מִנֵּ֑הּ 1 whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment The implication is that the Jews in Judah and Jerusalem will still be governed by Persian law in addition to the Law of Moses, but Artaxerxes is giving Ezra the authority to appoint judges who will administer and enforce both sets of laws. Members of the Jewish community will not have to answer to Persian judges. Alternate translation: “The judges you appoint are diligently to punish anyone who refuses to obey the law of your God or my decrees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 26 vheg figs-123person וְדָתָא֙ דִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֔א 1 whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment Artaxerxes speaks of himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “my decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 26 sr94 figs-abstractnouns הֵ֤ן לְמוֹת֙ הֵ֣ן לשרשו הֵן־לַעֲנָ֥שׁ נִכְסִ֖ין וְלֶאֱסוּרִֽין 1 whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment The abstract nouns **death**, **banishment**, **confiscation**, and **imprisonment** can be translated with verbs. Alternate translation: “As they see fit, they may execute offenders, or make them leave the community, or seize the things they own, or put them in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 7 26 9z8o figs-quotemarks וְלֶאֱסוּרִֽין 1 whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment Here, the book ends its quotation of the letter of introduction and authorization that King Artaxerxes gave to Ezra. If you decided in verse [12](../07/12.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 7 27 qh6m writing-participants בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑ינוּ 0 Connecting Statement: Previously in the book, Ezra has been a character in a story that someone else has been telling. Here he becomes the person telling the story, and he continues to tell it through to the end of chapter 9. In effect, the letter of introduction that King Artaxerxes wrote for him has been his introduction to us as well. The book does not say specifically that Ezra will now be the narrator, although one indication is that when Ezra is telling the story, he refers to himself as **I** and to the Jewish community as **us**, and another indication is that the book is now written in Hebrew again. But if it would be helpful to your readers, you could add a phrase to indicate this. Alternate translation: “When I, Ezra, received this letter from the king, I prayed, ‘Thank you, Yahweh, the God of our ancestors’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
EZR 7 27 yfls figs-aside בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑ינוּ 0 Connecting Statement: The first thing that Ezra does when he begins to tell his own story is pray to God, rather than address the audience that will hear his story. If you decided to add a phrase to introduce him as the new narrator, you could use that same phrase to introduce this prayer as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “When I, Ezra, received this letter from the king, I prayed, ‘Thank you, Yahweh, the God of our ancestors’” Otherwise, you could show that this prayer is distinct from the story by setting it off with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. The quotation should end in the middle of verse [28](../07/28.md), after “the mighty officials of the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
|
||||
EZR 7 27 qub7 figs-123person בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה 0 Connecting Statement: Although Ezra speaks of Yahweh in the third person here, he is actually praying a prayer of thanksgiving to Yahweh. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “Thank you, Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 27 nlii figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑ינוּ 0 Connecting Statement: **Fathers** here figuratively means **ancestors**. Alternate translation: “the God of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 26 9z8o figs-quotemarks וְלֶאֱסוּרִֽין 1 whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment Here, the book ends its quotation of the letter of introduction and authorization that King Artaxerxes gave to Ezra. If you decided in [7:12](../07/12.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 7 27 qh6m writing-participants בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑ינוּ 1 Connecting Statement: Previously in the book, Ezra has been a character in a story that someone else has been telling. Here he becomes the person telling the story, and he continues to tell it through to the end of chapter 9. In effect, the letter of introduction that King Artaxerxes wrote for him has been his introduction to us as well. The book does not say specifically that Ezra will now be the narrator, although one indication is that when Ezra is telling the story, he refers to himself as **I** and to the Jewish community as **us**, and another indication is that the book is now written in Hebrew again. But if it would be helpful to your readers, you could add a phrase to indicate this. Alternate translation: “When I, Ezra, received this letter from the king, I prayed, ‘Thank you, Yahweh, the God of our ancestors’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
EZR 7 27 yfls figs-aside בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑ינוּ 1 Connecting Statement: The first thing that Ezra does when he begins to tell his own story is pray to God, rather than address the audience that will hear his story. If you decided to add a phrase to introduce him as the new narrator, you could use that same phrase to introduce this prayer as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “When I, Ezra, received this letter from the king, I prayed, ‘Thank you, Yahweh, the God of our ancestors’” Otherwise, you could show that this prayer is distinct from the story by setting it off with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. The quotation should end in the middle of [7:28](../07/28.md), after “the mighty officials of the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
|
||||
EZR 7 27 qub7 figs-123person בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה 1 Connecting Statement: Although Ezra speaks of Yahweh in the third person here, he is actually praying a prayer of thanksgiving to Yahweh. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “Thank you, Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 27 nlii figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑ינוּ 1 Connecting Statement: **Fathers** here figuratively means **ancestors**. Alternate translation: “the God of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 27 t4cz figs-metaphor נָתַ֤ן כָּזֹאת֙ בְּלֵ֣ב הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ לְפָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 placed such a thing into the heart of the king to beautify the house of Yahweh which is in Jerusalem Giving something in the king’s heart, that is, putting something in it, means leading him to have certain thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “led the king to want to glorify the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 27 w14w figs-metaphor לְפָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה 1 the house of Yahweh This expression means to make something bright, glorious, or beautiful. Artaxerxes was not doing this literally, the way Cyrus and Darius did by supporting the physical rebuilding of the temple. Rather, Artaxerxes was making sure that the temple would always have everything it needed to keep operating. In that way he was making sure that the temple would not languish and be disrespected, but rather always be a vibrant place that was held in honor. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way like that. Alternate translation: “to honor the temple of Yahweh” or “to make sure that the temple of Yahweh would always be a vibrant place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 28 y4zu figs-abstractnouns וְעָלַ֣י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִפְנֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְיֽוֹעֲצָ֔יו וּלְכָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ הַגִּבֹּרִ֑ים 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me Here, the abstract noun **faithfulness** refers to a person wanting to do everything they can to help another person. As in [3:11](../03/11.md), **covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh doing that for the people of Israel, in order to keep the promises he had made to them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as **help**. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 7 28 138x figs-metonymy וְעָלַ֣י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִפְנֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְיֽוֹעֲצָ֔יו וּלְכָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ הַגִּבֹּרִ֑ים 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. The expression means that as Ezra stood before the king and his counselors and officials, Yahweh helped him get everything he needed from them. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 28 jzhp figs-metaphor הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me Ezra uses a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] to depict help figuratively stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 28 pb8i figs-quotemarks שָׂרֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ הַגִּבֹּרִ֑ים 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me This is the end of the prayer that Ezra prays as he begins to tell his own story. If you indicated the beginning of this prayer in verse [27](../07/27.md) with an opening quotation mark or with the corresponding punctuation or convention in your language, you should use the same means to indicate the end of a quotation here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 7 28 pb8i figs-quotemarks שָׂרֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ הַגִּבֹּרִ֑ים 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me This is the end of the prayer that Ezra prays as he begins to tell his own story. If you indicated the beginning of this prayer in [7:27](../07/27.md) with an opening quotation mark or with the corresponding punctuation or convention in your language, you should use the same means to indicate the end of a quotation here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 7 28 q1iu figs-metonymy וַאֲנִ֣י הִתְחַזַּ֗קְתִּי כְּיַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהַי֙ עָלַ֔י 1 So I was strengthened As in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** figuratively represents power and control, and the expression **the hand of Yahweh my God upon me** indicates that Ezra enjoyed Yahweh’s care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “I was encouraged because I recognized that Yahweh my God was helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 28 gxx2 figs-ellipsis מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֛ל רָאשִׁ֖ים 1 as the hand of Yahweh my God was upon me As [8:1](../08/01.md) shows, **heads** here is an abbreviated way of saying **heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 7 28 agha figs-idiom לַעֲל֥וֹת עִמִּֽי 1 as the hand of Yahweh my God was upon me Ezra says **go up** because he and the group he was leading would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to return to Jerusalem with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 intro ye9m 0 # Ezra 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people’s return to Judah<br>Many people went back to Judah with Ezra. They trusted God to protect them and the precious items they carried with them, which had been given for the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 ss8d figs-ellipsis וְאֵ֛לֶּה רָאשֵׁ֥י אֲבֹתֵיהֶ֖ם וְהִתְיַחְשָׂ֑ם הָעֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗י 0 General Information: As in [4:3](../04/03.md), **heads of fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying **heads of father’s houses**. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the names of the clan leaders, along with the names their clans, who traveled with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 u9yy figs-idiom הָעֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗י...מִבָּבֶֽל 0 General Information: As in [7:28](../07/28.md), Ezra says **go up** because the trip from Babylon to Jerusalem would involve a significant climb in elevation. Alternate translation: “to return from Babylon with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 f1jb figs-explicit בְּמַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 0 General Information: As [7:8–9](../07/08.md) indicates, this was specifically in the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “during the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 e7pk translate-ordinal בְּמַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 0 General Information: If you choose to make the implicit information explicit, but your language does not use [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]], you can say “during year 7 of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 ss8d figs-ellipsis וְאֵ֛לֶּה רָאשֵׁ֥י אֲבֹתֵיהֶ֖ם וְהִתְיַחְשָׂ֑ם הָעֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗י 1 General Information: As in [4:3](../04/03.md), **heads of fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying **heads of father’s houses**. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the names of the clan leaders, along with the names their clans, who traveled with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 u9yy figs-idiom הָעֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗י...מִבָּבֶֽל 1 General Information: As in [7:28](../07/28.md), Ezra says **go up** because the trip from Babylon to Jerusalem would involve a significant climb in elevation. Alternate translation: “to return from Babylon with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 f1jb figs-explicit בְּמַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 General Information: As [7:8–9](../07/08.md) indicates, this was specifically in the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “during the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 e7pk translate-ordinal בְּמַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 General Information: If you choose to make the implicit information explicit, but your language does not use [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]], you can say “during year 7 of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 8 2 m2b9 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֤י פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 of the sons of Phinehas, Gershom Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Phinehas, Gershom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 2 81dg translate-names פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 of the sons of Phinehas, Gershom These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 2 i7e9 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֥י אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל 1 of the sons of Ithamar, Daniel Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Ithamar, Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 2 9zuw translate-names אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל 1 of the sons of Ithamar, Daniel These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 2 kb7h figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֥י דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ 1 of the sons of David, Hattush Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of David, Hattush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 2 xt4r translate-names דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ 1 Hattush These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 m91f figs-explicit מִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔הס מִבְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 Parosh This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that Zechariah was the clan leader of the descendants of Shecaniah, and that they were all descendants of a more remote ancestor named Parosh. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah.” (2) More likely, the phrase “from the sons of Shecaniah” applies to the end of the previous verse. 1 Chronicles 3:19–22 shows that Hattush was the grandson of Shecaniah, and that Shecaniah was either the grandson or a more distant descendant of Zerubbabel, who was a descendant of King David. (As several of the following verses show, further information like this may be provided about the clan leaders on this list.) So the end of verse [2](../08/02.md) and the beginning of verse [3](../08/03.md) could read, as an alternate translation: “From the descendants of King David, Hattush, one of the descendants of Shecaniah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 m91f figs-explicit מִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔הס מִבְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 Parosh This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that Zechariah was the clan leader of the descendants of Shecaniah, and that they were all descendants of a more remote ancestor named Parosh. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah.” (2) More likely, the phrase “from the sons of Shecaniah” applies to the end of the previous verse. 1 Chronicles 3:19–22 shows that Hattush was the grandson of Shecaniah, and that Shecaniah was either the grandson or a more distant descendant of Zerubbabel, who was a descendant of King David. (As several of the following verses show, further information like this may be provided about the clan leaders on this list.) So the end of [8:2](../08/02.md) and the beginning of [8:3](../08/03.md) could read, as an alternate translation: “From the descendants of King David, Hattush, one of the descendants of Shecaniah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 veab figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔הס מִבְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 Parosh Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: (1) “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” or (2) “… one of the descendants of Shecaniah. From the descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” (The numbers refer to the options in the previous note.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 f6xt translate-names שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה...פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 Parosh These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 ds2y figs-explicit וְעִמּ֛וֹ הִתְיַחֵ֥שׂ לִזְכָרִ֖ים מֵאָ֥ה וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 with him were registered150 males The implication is that these 150 males belonged to the same clan as Zechariah. Alternate translation: “along with 150 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 4 f7d5 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵי֙ פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה 1 of the sons of Pahath-Moab, Eliehoenai son of Zerahiah Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Pahath-Moab, Eliehoenai the son of Zerahiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 4 c961 translate-names פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י...זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה 0 General Information: These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 4 c961 translate-names פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י...זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה 1 General Information: These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 4 y6jz figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ מָאתַ֥יִם הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 with him were two hundred males See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 200 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 5 qrqj figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל 1 three hundred Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shecaniah, the son of Jahaziel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 5 sxis translate-textvariants מִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל 1 three hundred Since this list has been providing the name of each clan leader, it would be unusual for it to omit the leader’s name here and state only the name of his father. It seems that the name of the clan was accidentally left out at one point in the copying process. Other ancient versions of the Old Testament read, “from the sons of Zattu, Shecaniah the son of Jahaziel.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat that as the correct text. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zattu, Shecaniah the son of Jahaziel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -852,36 +852,36 @@ EZR 8 6 c84d figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים הַ
|
|||
EZR 8 7 yegf figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה בֶּן־עֲתַלְיָ֑ה 1 seventy Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Elam, Jeshaiah the son of Athaliah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 7 31un translate-names עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה...עֲתַלְיָ֑ה 1 seventy These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 7 f2s8 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 seventy See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 70 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 8 wa5l figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל 0 General Information: Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shephatiah, Zebadiah the son of Michael” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 8 b23z translate-names שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה...מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל 0 General Information: These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 8 wa5l figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל 1 General Information: Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shephatiah, Zebadiah the son of Michael” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 8 b23z translate-names שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה...מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל 1 General Information: These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 8 w6u1 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ שְׁמֹנִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 with him eighty males See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 80 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 9 w699 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יְחִיאֵ֑ל 1 218 males Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Joab, Obadiah the son of Jehiel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 9 u1te translate-names יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה...יְחִיאֵ֑ל 1 218 males These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 9 ude8 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֕וֹ מָאתַ֛יִם וּשְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 218 males See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 218 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 41dx figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 160 males Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shelomith, the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 unnl translate-textvariants וּמִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 160 males It appears that, as in verse [5](../08/05.md), the name of the clan has accidentally dropped out here as well. Some manuscripts of an ancient Greek translation of the Old Testament read, “from the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat that as the correct text. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 unnl translate-textvariants וּמִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 160 males It appears that, as in [8:5](../08/05.md), the name of the clan has accidentally dropped out here as well. Some manuscripts of an ancient Greek translation of the Old Testament read, “from the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat that as the correct text. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 ex7w translate-names שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית...יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 160 males These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 y254 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֕וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וְשִׁשִּׁ֖ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 160 males See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 160 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 11 s7ng figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־בֵּבָ֑י 1 Bebai Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bebai, Zechariah the son of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 11 2wsh translate-names בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה...בֵּבָ֑י 1 Bebai These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 11 w892 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֕וֹ עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָ֖ה הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 twenty-eight See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 28 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 12 a3dx figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן בֶּן־הַקָּטָ֑ן 1 of the sons of Azgad, Johanan son of Hakkatan Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Azgad, Johanan the son of Hakkatan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 12 z7xc translate-names עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן...הַקָּטָ֑ן 0 General Information: These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 12 z7xc translate-names עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן…הַקָּטָ֑ן 1 General Information: These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 12 j4bn figs-explicit וְעִמּ֕וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וַעֲשָׂרָ֖ה הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 with him 110 males See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 110 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 13 rzr8 וּמִבְּנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיקָם֮ אַחֲרֹנִים֒ וְאֵ֣לֶּה שְׁמוֹתָ֔ם אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽשְׁמַעְיָ֑ה 1 of the sons of Adonikam The implication is that some descendants of Adonikam still remained in Babylon even after a large number of his descendants returned to Judah with Zerubbabel, as [2:13](../02/13.md) describes. So here the term **last** means **remaining**. A further implication is that the clan leader was now in Judah, so that the names provided are instead of family leaders who led this group on its return. Alternate translation: “And from the descendants of Adonikam who still remained in Babylon, the family leaders Eliphelet, Jeuel, and Shemaiah”
|
||||
EZR 8 13 k1ic translate-names אֲדֹנִיקָם֮...אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽשְׁמַעְיָ֑ה 1 Adonikam These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 13 hu49 figs-explicit וְעִמָּהֶ֖ם שִׁשִּׁ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 sixty See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 60 men from their clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 14 p7ej figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֥י בִגְוַ֖י עוּתַ֣י וְזַכּ֑וּר 1 Bigvai **Sons** here figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bigvai, Uthai and Zaccur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 14 we81 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 seventy See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. **Him** actually refers to both Uthai and Zaccur, so you can use a plural pronoun in your translation if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “along with 300 men from their clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 x4yl grammar-connect-time-sequential וָֽאֶקְבְּצֵ֗ם 0 General Information: This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described, that is, after the identification of all the people who would be traveling to Jerusalem with Ezra. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 5fwz figs-explicit וָֽאֶקְבְּצֵ֗ם אֶל־הַנָּהָר֙ הַבָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א וַנַּחֲנֶ֥ה שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֣ים שְׁלֹשָׁ֑ה 0 General Information: **Them** means everyone listed in verses [2–14](../08/02.md.), everyone who would be traveling with Ezra. The implication is that they all packed for the trip and set out from their homes, but then assembled at a spot outside of the city of Babylon where Ezra could make sure the group was ready for the trip. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I had everyone who was going to be traveling with me assemble on the banks of the river that flows from Babylon to Ahava. We camped there for three days so that I could make sure that we had enough temple personnel with us and that we could transport the gold and silver safely.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 gl34 translate-names הַנָּהָר֙ הַבָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א 1 the river that flows to Ahava The exact location of this river on whose banks the group assembled can no longer be identified. In verses [21](../08/21.md) and [31](../08/31.md), Ezra calls it the Ahava River, and you could use that same name here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 x4yl grammar-connect-time-sequential וָֽאֶקְבְּצֵ֗ם 1 General Information: This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described, that is, after the identification of all the people who would be traveling to Jerusalem with Ezra. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 5fwz figs-explicit וָֽאֶקְבְּצֵ֗ם אֶל־הַנָּהָר֙ הַבָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א וַנַּחֲנֶ֥ה שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֣ים שְׁלֹשָׁ֑ה 1 General Information: **Them** means everyone listed in [8:2–14](../08/02.md.), everyone who would be traveling with Ezra. The implication is that they all packed for the trip and set out from their homes, but then assembled at a spot outside of the city of Babylon where Ezra could make sure the group was ready for the trip. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I had everyone who was going to be traveling with me assemble on the banks of the river that flows from Babylon to Ahava. We camped there for three days so that I could make sure that we had enough temple personnel with us and that we could transport the gold and silver safely.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 gl34 translate-names הַנָּהָר֙ הַבָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א 1 the river that flows to Ahava The exact location of this river on whose banks the group assembled can no longer be identified. In [8:21](../08/21.md) and [8:31](../08/31.md), Ezra calls it the Ahava River, and you could use that same name here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 cl4j grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וָאָבִ֤ינָה 1 Ahava The word at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “while we were there.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 w7og figs-explicit וָאָבִ֤ינָה בָעָם֙ וּבַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים וּמִבְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י לֹא־מָצָ֥אתִי שָֽׁם 1 Ahava Here, we learn that one purpose of this preliminary encampment was for Ezra to see whether he had all the temple personnel he needed. The implication behind this statement is that Ezra looked over the whole group to make sure that he did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (We learn in verse [25](../08/25.md) that a further purpose of the encampment was to make arrangements for the safe transportation of the money and objects that had been donated for the temple.) Alternate translation: “I looked over the whole group and discovered that it consisted of lay people and priests, but there were no Levites among us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 w7og figs-explicit וָאָבִ֤ינָה בָעָם֙ וּבַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים וּמִבְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י לֹא־מָצָ֥אתִי שָֽׁם 1 Ahava Here, we learn that one purpose of this preliminary encampment was for Ezra to see whether he had all the temple personnel he needed. The implication behind this statement is that Ezra looked over the whole group to make sure that he did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (We learn in [8:25](../08/25.md) that a further purpose of the encampment was to make arrangements for the safe transportation of the money and objects that had been donated for the temple.) Alternate translation: “I looked over the whole group and discovered that it consisted of lay people and priests, but there were no Levites among us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 o9vg figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י 1 Ahava Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**. The Levites were descendants of Levi. Alternate translation: “Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 16 ufp7 grammar-connect-logic-result וָאֶשְׁלְחָ֡ה 1 Shemaiah This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains what Ezra did as a result of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 8 16 sw7e translate-names וָאֶשְׁלְחָ֡ה לֶאֱלִיעֶ֡זֶר לַאֲרִיאֵ֡ל לִֽ֠שְׁמַעְיָה וּלְאֶלְנָתָ֨ן וּלְיָרִ֜יב וּלְאֶלְנָתָ֧ן וּלְנָתָ֛ן וְלִזְכַרְיָ֥ה וְלִמְשֻׁלָּ֖ם 1 Elnathan…Elnathan…Elnathan Here, Ezra lists the names of nine men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 16 9dmv figs-metaphor רָאשִׁ֑ים 1 Elnathan…Elnathan…Elnathan Unlike in [7:28](../07/28.md), here this expression does not mean **heads of father’s houses**, that is, **clan leaders**. Rather, **heads** here is simply a figurative way of saying **leader**. None of these nine men, with the possible exception of Zechariah, are among the clan leaders listed in verses [2–14](../08/02.md). (And considering that three of the men whom Ezra summoned were named Elnathan, which shows that several individuals could share the same name, it’s quite possible that this is a different Zechariah from either the one named in verse [3](../08/03.md) or the one named in verse [11](../08/11.md).) Alternate translation: “who were all leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 16 9dmv figs-metaphor רָאשִׁ֑ים 1 Elnathan…Elnathan…Elnathan Unlike in [7:28](../07/28.md), here this expression does not mean **heads of father’s houses**, that is, **clan leaders**. Rather, **heads** here is simply a figurative way of saying **leader**. None of these nine men, with the possible exception of Zechariah, are among the clan leaders listed in [8:2–14](../08/02.md). (And considering that three of the men whom Ezra summoned were named Elnathan, which shows that several individuals could share the same name, it’s quite possible that this is a different Zechariah from either the one named in [8:3](../08/03.md) or the one named in [8:11](../08/11.md).) Alternate translation: “who were all leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 16 l322 translate-names וּלְיוֹיָרִ֥יב וּלְאֶלְנָתָ֖ן 1 Elnathan…Elnathan…Elnathan Here Ezra lists the names of two more men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 16 tf03 figs-explicit מְבִינִֽים 1 Elnathan…Elnathan…Elnathan This phrase suggests that while Joiarib and Elnathan were not community leaders like the other nine men, Ezra sent them anyway to help recruit more temple personnel because they were wise and reasonable and could be persuasive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “even though they were not leaders, because they were so wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 a4dg figs-explicit אוֹתָם֙ עַל־אִדּ֣וֹ הָרֹ֔אשׁ בְּכָסִפְיָ֖א הַמָּק֑וֹם 1 Iddo The implication, since Ezra is trying to recruit Levites, is that Iddo was the leader of the Levites in that place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I sent them to a man named Iddo, who was the leader of the Levites at a place called Kasiphia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ EZR 8 18 d8n9 translate-names מַחְלִ֔י...לֵוִ֖י...יִשְׂרָא
|
|||
EZR 8 18 pp9z figs-metaphor וּבָנָ֥יו וְאֶחָ֖יו שְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָֽׂר 1 eighteen Since this was a small group of related people, it is quite possible that it consisted largely if not entirely of Sherebiah’s actual sons and brothers. So you could decide to treat the terms as literal in your translation. On the other hand, they could also be figurative, with **sons** meaning **descendants** and **brothers** meaning **relatives**. Alternate translation: “along with 18 of his sons and brothers” or “along with 18 of his descendants and relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 19 vsm6 figs-metaphor וְאֶת־חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה וְאִתּ֥וֹ יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה מִבְּנֵ֣י מְרָרִ֑י 1 Hashabiah…Merari Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “They also sent us Hashabiah and Jeshaiah, from the descendants of Merari” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 19 mf7n translate-names חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה...יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה...מְרָרִ֑י 1 Jeshaiah These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 19 bwf7 figs-metaphor אֶחָ֥יו וּבְנֵיהֶ֖ם 1 twenty This most likely means the brothers of Jeshaiah and the sonso of Jeshaiah and his brothers. Since, as in verse [18](../08/18.md), this is a small group of related people, you could decide to treat the terms **brothers** and **sons** as either literal or figurative. Alternate translation: “along with his brothers and their sons” or “along with his relatives and their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 19 bwf7 figs-metaphor אֶחָ֥יו וּבְנֵיהֶ֖ם 1 twenty This most likely means the brothers of Jeshaiah and the sonso of Jeshaiah and his brothers. Since, as in [8:18](../08/18.md), this is a small group of related people, you could decide to treat the terms **brothers** and **sons** as either literal or figurative. Alternate translation: “along with his brothers and their sons” or “along with his relatives and their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 20 f9pd translate-names נְתִינִ֖ים מָאתַ֣יִם וְעֶשְׂרִ֑ים 1 officials See how you translated this term in [2:43](../02/43.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “220 temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 20 ahh3 writing-background וּמִן־הַנְּתִינִ֗ים שֶׁנָּתַ֨ן דָּוִ֤יד וְהַשָּׂרִים֙ לַעֲבֹדַ֣ת הַלְוִיִּ֔ם 1 officials Here, Ezra provides some background information to help identify who the Nethinim were. Alternate translation: “They were from the group of people whom David and his officials had assigned to help the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 8 20 mi4i figs-activepassive כֻּלָּ֖ם נִקְּב֥וּ בְשֵׁמֽוֹת 1 officials If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I recorded the name of each one of them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -920,11 +920,11 @@ EZR 8 22 xnzz figs-hendiadys וְעֻזּ֣וֹ וְאַפּ֔וֹ 1
|
|||
EZR 8 22 s41q figs-metaphor כָּל־עֹזְבָֽיו 1 but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him Forsaking or abandoning God is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] for refusing to serve him. Alternate translation: “all who refuse to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 23 42jm grammar-connect-logic-result וַנָּצ֛וּמָה 1 So we fasted and sought God about this matter This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Because Ezra was embarrassed to ask the king for protection, he and his fellow travelers earnestly prayed and fasted for God’s protection. Alternate translation: “For this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 8 23 nfn4 figs-activepassive וַנָּצ֛וּמָה וַנְּבַקְשָׁ֥ה מֵאֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ עַל־זֹ֑את וַיֵּעָתֵ֖ר לָֽנוּ 1 So we fasted and sought God about this matter If it would be clearer in your language, you use an active form for the last phrase. Alternate translation: “we fasted and prayed to God about this, and he answered our prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 8 23 39a0 figs-idiom וַיֵּעָתֵ֖ר לָֽנוּ 1 So we fasted and sought God about this matter As is clear from the way this expression is used elsewhere in the Bible, it means that God answered a prayer. For example, in Genesis 25:21, **Isaac entreated Yahweh for his wife because she could not have children, and Yahweh was entreated by him, and Rebekah his wife conceived**. However, since Ezra describes only in verse [32](../08/32.md) how the group arrived safely in Jerusalem, the prayer had not yet been answered at this point. So an alternative meaning in context would be that the group received assurance that God would answer their prayer. Alternate translation: “he answered our prayer” or “we felt assured that he would answer our prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 23 39a0 figs-idiom וַיֵּעָתֵ֖ר לָֽנוּ 1 So we fasted and sought God about this matter As is clear from the way this expression is used elsewhere in the Bible, it means that God answered a prayer. For example, in Genesis 25:21, **Isaac entreated Yahweh for his wife because she could not have children, and Yahweh was entreated by him, and Rebekah his wife conceived**. However, since Ezra describes only in [8:32](../08/32.md) how the group arrived safely in Jerusalem, the prayer had not yet been answered at this point. So an alternative meaning in context would be that the group received assurance that God would answer their prayer. Alternate translation: “he answered our prayer” or “we felt assured that he would answer our prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 24 u78j grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאַבְדִּ֛ילָה 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah This word indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 8 24 3gbr translate-textvariants וָאַבְדִּ֛ילָה מִשָּׂרֵ֥י הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר לְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה וְעִמָּהֶ֥ם מֵאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם עֲשָׂרָֽה 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah Since verses [18](../08/18.md) and [19](../08/19.md) specifically identify Sherebiah and Hashabiah as Levites, they could not have been leaders of the priests. So a mistake seems to have come into the Hebrew text here. An ancient Greek version of the book of Ezra says “and” before Sherebiah, and that agrees with [8:30](../08/30.md), which says that “the priests and the Levites” received the silver and gold and objects that Ezra weighed out to them. It will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the verse that way. Alternate translation: “I selected 12 leaders of the priests, along with Sherebiah, Hashabiah, and ten of their fellow Levites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
EZR 8 24 3gbr translate-textvariants וָאַבְדִּ֛ילָה מִשָּׂרֵ֥י הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר לְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה וְעִמָּהֶ֥ם מֵאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם עֲשָׂרָֽה 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah Since [8:18](../08/18.md) and [19](../08/19.md) specifically identify Sherebiah and Hashabiah as Levites, they could not have been leaders of the priests. So a mistake seems to have come into the Hebrew text here. An ancient Greek version of the book of Ezra says “and” before Sherebiah, and that agrees with [8:30](../08/30.md), which says that “the priests and the Levites” received the silver and gold and objects that Ezra weighed out to them. It will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the verse that way. Alternate translation: “I selected 12 leaders of the priests, along with Sherebiah, Hashabiah, and ten of their fellow Levites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
EZR 8 24 rvwg figs-idiom וָאַבְדִּ֛ילָה 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah This expression means to set someone or something apart for a special purpose or assignment. Alternate translation: “I selected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 24 v6yb translate-names לְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in verses [18](../08/18.md) and [19](../08/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 24 v6yb translate-names לְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [8:18](../08/18.md) and [8:19](../08/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 24 6x71 figs-metaphor מֵאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah Here, **brothers** is a figurative way of saying **fellow Levites**, although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Sherebiah and Hashabiah were included in this group. Alternate translation: “their fellow Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 25 lyek translate-bmoney ואשקולה לָהֶ֔ם אֶת־הַכֶּ֥סֶף וְאֶת־הַזָּהָ֖ב וְאֶת־הַכֵּלִ֑ים 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah Ezra says he **weighed out** the money to the priests and Levites because ancient units of money such as the kikkar and the daric were actually units of the weight of precious metals. The value of the gold and silver objects would similarly have depended on their weight. Alternate translation: “I divided up the silver and gold and objects into 24 portions of equal value and gave one to each of the priests and Levites I had selected to transport them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
EZR 8 25 p4y8 figs-explicit ואשקולה לָהֶ֔ם אֶת־הַכֶּ֥סֶף וְאֶת־הַזָּהָ֖ב וְאֶת־הַכֵּלִ֑ים 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah The implication is that Ezra divided up the money and the objects into 24 portions of roughly equal value and assigned one portion to each priest and Levite to transport. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I divided up the silver and gold and objects into twenty-four portions of equal value and gave one to each of the priests and Levites I had selected to transport them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ EZR 8 26 kxz7 figs-explicit וָאֶשְׁקֲלָ֨ה עַל־יָדָ֜
|
|||
EZR 8 26 v4vy translate-bmoney כֶּ֗סֶף כִּכָּרִים֙ שֵֽׁשׁ־מֵא֣וֹת וַחֲמִשִּׁ֔ים וּכְלֵי־כֶ֥סֶף מֵאָ֖ה לְכִכָּרִ֑ים זָהָ֖ב מֵאָ֥ה כִכָּֽר 1 650 talents of silver Since prices of precious metals vary over time, if you tried to express the amounts here in modern measurements, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate. Instead you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the kikkar, and explain in a note that it was equivalent to about 30 kilograms. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the silver in the text, as UST does. Alternate translation: “650 kikkars of silver, silver objects weighing 100 kikkars, 100 kikkars of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
EZR 8 27 q2jm translate-bmoney וּכְפֹרֵ֤י זָהָב֙ עֶשְׂרִ֔ים לַאֲדַרְכֹנִ֖ים אָ֑לֶף 1 one thousand darics 1000 darics was the total value of the 20 bowls, not the value of each one. Here again you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the daric, and explain in a note that it was equivalent to about 8 or 8.5 grams, or about a quarter of an ounce. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the gold in the text, as UST does. Alternate translation: “20 golden bowls worth a total of 1000 darics” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
EZR 8 28 zlh5 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאֹמְרָ֣ה 1 vessels of bronze This word indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. Ezra first weighed out the silver and gold and objects to the Levites, then he spoke the following words to them. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this time sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 8 28 rbg4 figs-quotemarks וָאֹמְרָ֣ה אֲלֵהֶ֗ם 1 Then I said to them **Them** refers to the selected priests and Levites. In the rest of this verse and in verse [29](../08/29.md), Ezra is quoting what he told them on this occasion. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off the words that follow with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 8 28 rbg4 figs-quotemarks וָאֹמְרָ֣ה אֲלֵהֶ֗ם 1 Then I said to them **Them** refers to the selected priests and Levites. In the rest of this verse and in [8:29](../08/29.md), Ezra is quoting what he told them on this occasion. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off the words that follow with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 8 28 afyr figs-idiom אַתֶּ֥ם קֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ לַיהוָ֔ה וְהַכֵּלִ֖ים קֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 Then I said to them **Holy** means **set apart for a special purpose**. Alternate translation: “I have selected you for a special mission. People donated these objects only to be used in the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 28 w1c9 figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 Then I said to them **Fathers** here, figuratively means **ancestors**. Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshipped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 29 im6g figs-ellipsis שִׁקְד֣וּ וְשִׁמְר֗וּ 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses Here, Ezra leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. He is describing what the priests and Levites must do with the objects, silver, and gold that were devoted to Yahweh. You could indicate that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Take good care of those things, because their donors dedicated them to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -946,10 +946,10 @@ EZR 8 29 0txm figs-explicit עַֽד־תִּשְׁקְל֡וּ 1 until you weigh
|
|||
EZR 8 29 y29e figs-metonymy לִפְנֵי֩ 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 8 29 n925 figs-ellipsis וְשָׂרֵֽי־הָאָב֥וֹת לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses This seems to be another version of the expression **the heads of the fathers**, which is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses**. Review the note to [1:5](../01/05.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 8 29 umrf figs-explicit הַלִּשְׁכ֖וֹת בֵּ֥ית יְהוָֽה 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses The book assumes that readers will know that these **chambers** or rooms are specifically the storerooms in the temple, where money and objects for the temple worship were safely kept. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the storerooms of the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 29 1g88 figs-quotemarks בֵּ֥ית יְהוָֽה 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of what he told the selected priests and Levites. If you decided in verse [28](../08/28.md) to mark his words to them as a direct quotation, you should indicate the end of it here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 8 29 1g88 figs-quotemarks בֵּ֥ית יְהוָֽה 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of what he told the selected priests and Levites. If you decided in [8:28](../08/28.md) to mark his words to them as a direct quotation, you should indicate the end of it here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 8 30 ia74 grammar-connect-logic-result וְקִבְּלוּ֙ 1 The priests and the Levites This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “In keeping with what Ezra told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 8 30 ry58 figs-metonymy מִשְׁקַ֛ל הַכֶּ֥סֶף וְהַזָּהָ֖ב וְהַכֵּלִ֑ים 1 The priests and the Levites Here, Ezra is describing the money and the objects figuratively by reference to something associated with them, their weight, which was what determined their value. Alternate translation: “the silver and the gold and the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 8 30 1hiv figs-idiom הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֔ם מִשְׁקַ֛ל הַכֶּ֥סֶף וְהַזָּהָ֖ב וְהַכֵּלִ֑ים 1 The priests and the Levites Ezra had already **weighed out** the silver and gold and objects to the priests and Levites (verses [26–27](../08/26.md)), so **received** here does not mean that they took physical possession of them. Rather, it means that they accepted responsibility for them, in light of the charge that Ezra had just given. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites accepted responsibility for the silver and the gold and the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 30 1hiv figs-idiom הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֔ם מִשְׁקַ֛ל הַכֶּ֥סֶף וְהַזָּהָ֖ב וְהַכֵּלִ֑ים 1 The priests and the Levites Ezra had already **weighed out** the silver and gold and objects to the priests and Levites ([8:26–27](../08/26.md)), so **received** here does not mean that they took physical possession of them. Rather, it means that they accepted responsibility for them, in light of the charge that Ezra had just given. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites accepted responsibility for the silver and the gold and the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 31 c4v2 translate-names וַֽנִּסְעָ֞ה מִנְּהַ֣ר אַֽהֲוָ֗א 1 We went out from the river Ahava See how you translated this name in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 31 ju8u translate-hebrewmonths בִּשְׁנֵ֤ים עָשָׂר֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן 1 twelfth day of the first month The **first month** means the first month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “on the twelfth day of the first month of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EZR 8 31 c9im translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנֵ֤ים עָשָׂר֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן 1 the river Ahava The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **twelve**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **twelfth**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the twelfth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -987,23 +987,23 @@ EZR 9 2 iac7 figs-metaphor וְהִתְעָֽרְבוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע הַ
|
|||
EZR 9 2 mncx figs-explicit וְהִתְעָֽרְבוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ בְּעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 have not separated themselves The implication is that as a result of these marriages, not only was a distinct Jewish lineage being lost, the Jewish people were also beginning to follow the practices of these other groups rather than the commandments of God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they are blending the Jewish people right in with the other people groups living in the land, and they are starting to follow their practices rather than the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 fyoq figs-idiom זֶ֣רַע הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ 1 have not separated themselves As in [8:28](../08/28.md), **holy** means **set apart for a special purpose**. Here, the word refers specifically to the way God set apart the Israelites to be a model community of God’s followers. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 6k5m figs-metaphor זֶ֣רַע הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ 1 have not separated themselves Here, **seed** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] that means **offspring**. It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. The reference here is specifically to the offspring of Jacob, who also known as Israel, and specifically to his offspring who were living in Judah and Jerusalem, that is, the Jews who had returned from exile. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 oxmn figs-idiom בְּעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 have not separated themselves As in verse [1](../09/01.md), this expression refers to members of other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 oxmn figs-idiom בְּעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 have not separated themselves As in [9:1](../09/01.md), this expression refers to members of other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 iie7 figs-metaphor וְיַ֧ד הַשָּׂרִ֣ים וְהַסְּגָנִ֗ים הָֽיְתָ֛ה בַּמַּ֥עַל הַזֶּ֖ה רִאשׁוֹנָֽה 1 have not separated themselves Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “And our clan leaders and provincial officials were actually the first ones to disobey in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 dwaf figs-metaphor בַּמַּ֥עַל הַזֶּ֖ה 1 have not separated themselves Here, **unfaithfulness** figuratively means disobedience. Alternate translation: “to disobey in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 vdhr translate-unknown הַסְּגָנִ֗ים 1 have not separated themselves As in [4:9](../04/09.md), this term applies to one kind of provincial official in the Persian Empire. Alternate translation: “provincial officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 yn4s figs-quotemarks בַּמַּ֥עַל הַזֶּ֖ה 1 have not separated themselves This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of what the clan leaders told him. If you decided in verse [1](../09/01.md) to mark their words as a direct quotation, you should indicate that here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 yn4s figs-quotemarks בַּמַּ֥עַל הַזֶּ֖ה 1 have not separated themselves This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of what the clan leaders told him. If you decided in [9:1](../09/01.md) to mark their words as a direct quotation, you should indicate that here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 9 3 ck87 translate-symaction קָרַ֥עְתִּי אֶת־בִּגְדִ֖י וּמְעִילִ֑י וָאֶמְרְטָ֞ה מִשְּׂעַ֤ר רֹאשִׁי֙ וּזְקָנִ֔י וָאֵשְׁבָ֖ה מְשׁוֹמֵֽם 1 I tore my clothing and my robe and pulled out hair from my head and beard By performing these actions, Ezra was demonstrating symbolically how serious a wrong the Israelites had committed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “To show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women, I tore my tunic and my cloak, I pulled out some hair from my head and my beard, and I sat down stunned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EZR 9 3 qhy7 מְשׁוֹמֵֽם 1 When I heard this matter The sense of this word is that Ezra was so overwhelmed with shock and horror that he did not move or speak. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this. Alternate translation: “stunned”
|
||||
EZR 9 4 k68j figs-activepassive וְאֵלַ֣י יֵאָסְפ֗וּ כֹּ֤ל חָרֵד֙ בְּדִבְרֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַגּוֹלָ֑ה 1 the evening sacrifice If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone came and joined me who was just as distressed as I was about the way the Jews who had returned from exile had disobeyed the commandments of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 9 4 0svq figs-metaphor כֹּ֤ל חָרֵד֙ 1 the evening sacrifice Often in the Old Testament **tremble** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] meaning to regard someone or something with respect and reverential fear. That is likely included in the meaning here, but in this context, the expression also seems to indicate an actual physical response to the situation, just as Ezra did not move or speak. Alternate translation: “everyone … who was distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 4 adr0 figs-metaphor בְּדִבְרֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 the evening sacrifice This phrase does not refer to something that God said on this occasion. Rather, it refers figuratively to the commandment that God had given to the Israelites earlier not to intermarry with foreign groups, which Ezra cites in his prayer in verses [10](../09/10.md) and [11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “the commandments of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 4 adr0 figs-metaphor בְּדִבְרֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 the evening sacrifice This phrase does not refer to something that God said on this occasion. Rather, it refers figuratively to the commandment that God had given to the Israelites earlier not to intermarry with foreign groups, which Ezra cites in his prayer in [9:10](../09/10.md) and [9:11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “the commandments of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 4 sfvr figs-abstractnouns עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַגּוֹלָ֑ה 1 the evening sacrifice The abstract noun **exiles** refers in this context to the Jews who had returned to their homeland from Babylon. Here, **the exile** seems to be equivalent to the longer phrase **the sons of the exile** in several other places in the book. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “because of the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 9 4 9s46 figs-metaphor עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַגּוֹלָ֑ה 1 the evening sacrifice As in [9:2](../09/02.md), **unfaithfulness** figuratively means disobedience. Alternate translation: “because of the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 4 m8dw translate-unknown וַאֲנִי֙ יֹשֵׁ֣ב מְשׁוֹמֵ֔ם עַ֖ד לְמִנְחַ֥ת הָעָֽרֶב 1 the evening sacrifice The **offering of the evening** was a sacrifice that the priests would offer around the time that the sun was going down. Alternate translation: “I continued to sit without moving or speaking until the time of the evening sacrifice” or “I continued to sit without moving or speaking for the rest of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 9 5 v2nb figs-idiom קַ֚מְתִּי מִתַּֽעֲנִיתִ֔י 1 my fasting Even though Ezra had been sitting down and he now got up, in this context the word **arise** means more than that. As in [1:5](../01/05.md), [3:2](../03/02.md), and [5:2](../05/02.md), it means to take action to get an enterprise under way. Ezra had been sitting motionless to show how ashamed and upset he was. Now he began to take action to address the situation the clan leaders had told him about. Alternate translation: “I stopped sitting motionless and began to do something about the situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 5 4ygv translate-symaction מִתַּֽעֲנִיתִ֔י וּבְקָרְעִ֥י בִגְדִ֖י וּמְעִילִ֑י 1 my fasting As the note to [9:3](../09/03.md) explains, Ezra had torn his clothes to show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women. By not changing out of his torn clothes, Ezra was continuing to show that symbolically. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I kept wearing my torn clothes to show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EZR 9 5 qye1 translate-symaction וָֽאֶכְרְעָה֙ עַל־בִּרְכַּ֔י וָאֶפְרְשָׂ֥ה כַפַּ֖י אֶל־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהָֽי 1 knelt down on my knees, and spread out my hands These two physical gestures showed publicly that Ezra was going to pray. Alternate translation: “I knelt down and spread out my hands in a gesture of prayer to Yahweh my God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 y5xu figs-quotemarks וָאֹמְרָ֗ה 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what he said out loud in prayer on this occasion. The quotation continues through verse [15](../09/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 y5xu figs-quotemarks וָאֹמְרָ֗ה 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what he said out loud in prayer on this occasion. The quotation continues through [9:15](../09/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 yz8d figs-doublet בֹּ֣שְׁתִּי וְנִכְלַ֔מְתִּי 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens **Ashamed** and **disgraced** mean similar things. Ezra uses them together to emphasize how humiliated he feels by what the Israelites have done. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “deeply humiliated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 xiue figs-metaphor לְהָרִ֧ים...פָּנַ֖י אֵלֶ֑יךָ 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens This means **to look at you directly** or **to look at you face to face**, and since Ezra could not do that literally with God, it is a figurative way of saying **to address you**. Alternate translation: “even to speak to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 aca6 figs-parallelism כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤ינוּ רָבוּ֙ לְמַ֣עְלָה רֹּ֔אשׁ וְאַשְׁמָתֵ֥נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַשָּׁמָֽיִם 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition to emphasize how guilty the people of Israel are. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that our guilt over them is overwhelming us” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The first phrase speaks of the effects of these sins on the Israelites, while the second phrase speaks of their effects on their standing with God. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that they are overwhelming us, and we know that they are making us guilty before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ EZR 9 7 ur0z figs-synecdoche אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ בְּאַשְׁמָ֣ה
|
|||
EZR 9 7 wet1 figs-abstractnouns בְּאַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה 1 very guilty…our iniquities If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **guilt** with a verb such as **disobey**. Alternate translation: “consistently disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 h1bs figs-activepassive וּבַעֲוֺנֹתֵ֡ינוּ נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩…בְּיַ֣ד׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 we…have been delivered into the hand of kings If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “because we sinned against you, you allowed foreign rulers to conquer us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 3r9f figs-metaphor נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩…בְּיַ֣ד׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 we…have been delivered into the hand of kings Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed foreign rulers to conquer us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 v9sd figs-idiom מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 into the hand of kings of the lands The **kings of the lands** would be the rulers of the **people of the lands** whom Ezra mentions in verses [1](../09/01.md) and [2](../09/02.md), and of similar foreign people groups. Alternate translation: “foreign rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 v9sd figs-idiom מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 into the hand of kings of the lands The **kings of the lands** would be the rulers of the **people of the lands** whom Ezra mentions in [9:1](../09/01.md) and [9:2](../09/02.md), and of similar foreign people groups. Alternate translation: “foreign rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 f2hv figs-idiom בַּחֶ֜רֶב בַּשְּׁבִ֧י וּבַבִּזָּ֛ה וּבְבֹ֥שֶׁת פָּנִ֖ים 1 to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces These are not the means by which the foreign rulers conquered the Israelites. Rather, they are all things that happened to the Israelites when they were conquered. Alternate translation: “They killed some of us, they took others of us away from our homeland, they stole the things that belonged to us, and all of this has made us greatly ashamed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 kz7f figs-metonymy בַּחֶ֜רֶב 1 to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces The sword figuratively represents killing, by reference to one kind of weapon that can kill a person. Alternate translation: “they killed some of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 lc37 figs-abstractnouns בַּשְּׁבִ֧י וּבַבִּזָּ֛ה 1 to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind abstract nouns **captivity** and **plunder** with verbs such as **take away** and **steal**. Alternate translation: “they took others away from our homeland, they stole the things that belonged to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ EZR 9 7 nj7e figs-idiom כְּהַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 to the
|
|||
EZR 9 8 q4h6 figs-idiom כִּמְעַט־רֶגַע֩ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Alternate translation: “for just a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 jqq9 figs-abstractnouns הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵאֵ֣ת׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Here, abstract noun **favor** refers to one person helping another even if they do not deserve it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a phrase such as “be merciful.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God has been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br><br><br><br>
|
||||
EZR 9 8 ym5g figs-personification הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵאֵ֣ת׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra speaks here of favor or mercy as if it could travel from Yahweh to the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God has been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 8dwg figs-123person הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵאֵ֣ת׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra is speaking to Yahweh in prayer, and accordingly he addresses him in the second person in verse [6](../09/06.md) and in verses [10–15](../09/10.md). But here he speaks of God in the third person to show humility and respect, as people of this time did when speaking to superiors. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “you, Yahweh our God, have been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 8dwg figs-123person הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵאֵ֣ת׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra is speaking to Yahweh in prayer, and accordingly he addresses him in the second person in [9:6](../09/06.md) and in [9:10–15](../09/10.md). But here he speaks of God in the third person to show humility and respect, as people of this time did when speaking to superiors. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “you, Yahweh our God, have been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 vhtl figs-metaphor וְלָתֶת־לָ֥נוּ יָתֵ֖ד 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra speaks figuratively of the Jews’ current situation of safety and security as if it were a **peg**, such as one would fasten to a wall in order to hang utensils on it safely and securely. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “brought us into a safe situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 b420 figs-idiom בִּמְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑וֹ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God **Holy** means **set apart for a special purpose**. The temple was God’s **holy place** because it was set apart for his worship. Alternate translation: “in his temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 jjw0 figs-123person בִּמְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑וֹ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Here again Ezra speaks of God in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “in your temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ EZR 9 12 4q14 figs-doublet וְלֹֽא־תִדְרְשׁ֧וּ שְׁלֹמ
|
|||
EZR 9 12 sfei figs-parallelism לְמַ֣עַן תֶּחֶזְק֗וּ וַאֲכַלְתֶּם֙ אֶת־ט֣וּב הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 to give us a wall These two phrases mean similar things. The prophets say essentially the same thing twice, to emphasize the blessings that the Israelites would enjoy if they obeyed these commandments. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “so that you will become a prosperous nation in that place” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase says more specifically how the nation would become strong, as the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “so that you will become a strong nation by growing and enjoying abundant harvests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 69c0 figs-idiom וְהוֹרַשְׁתֶּ֥ם לִבְנֵיכֶ֖ם עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 to give us a wall As earlier in the sentence, **until eternity** means **for as long as anyone can anticipate into the future**. Alternate translation: “so that your descendants will always be able to live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 91e8 figs-metaphor לִבְנֵיכֶ֖ם 1 to give us a wall Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “your descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 uax9 figs-quotemarks עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 forever After this phrase Ezra ends his quotation of what Yahweh commanded through the prophets. If you decided in verse [11](../09/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 uax9 figs-quotemarks עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 forever After this phrase Ezra ends his quotation of what Yahweh commanded through the prophets. If you decided in [9:11](../09/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 9 13 am2g figs-parallelism בְּמַעֲשֵׂ֨ינוּ֙ הָרָעִ֔ים וּבְאַשְׁמָתֵ֖נוּ הַגְּדֹלָ֑ה 1 forever These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “since we are so guilty because of the wrong things we have done” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Alternate translation: “since have committed such great sins, and since we are so guilty as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 9 13 ulhq writing-background כִּ֣י 1 forever This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information about the situation that Ezra is describing. Alternate translation: “in fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 9 13 hd7r figs-idiom חָשַׂ֤כְתָּֽ לְמַ֨טָּה֙ מֵֽעֲוֺנֵ֔נוּ 1 forever This is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “have not punished us as fully as our sins deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ EZR 9 15 nw97 figs-idiom כְּהַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה 1 Look I
|
|||
EZR 9 15 a177 figs-parallelism הִנְנ֤וּ לְפָנֶ֨יךָ֙ בְּאַשְׁמָתֵ֔ינוּ כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין לַעֲמ֛וֹד לְפָנֶ֖יךָ עַל־זֹֽאת 1 We are before you in our guilt These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition for emphasis as he makes this confession of guilt on behalf of the people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “We have come into your presence to admit that we are guilty.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more intensive. Alternate translation: “We have come into your presence to admit that we are guilty, and none of us can plead any grounds for acquittal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 9 15 lh5h figs-metonymy לְפָנֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 no one can stand before you because of this Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “into your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 9 15 el20 figs-idiom אֵ֥ין לַעֲמ֛וֹד לְפָנֶ֖יךָ 1 no one can stand before you because of this To **stand** is a Hebrew idiom meaning to be acquitted. (For example, in Psalm 130:3, “If you, Yahweh, would mark iniquities, Lord, who could stand?” and Psalm 1:5, “The wicked will not stand in the judgment.”) Alternate translation: “none of us can plead any grounds for acquittal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 15 8lk8 figs-quotemarks לְפָנֶ֖יךָ 1 no one can stand before you because of this This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of the prayer that he prayed on this occasion. If you decided in verse [6](../09/06.md) to mark his words as a direct quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 9 15 8lk8 figs-quotemarks לְפָנֶ֖יךָ 1 no one can stand before you because of this This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of the prayer that he prayed on this occasion. If you decided in [9:6](../09/06.md) to mark his words as a direct quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 intro ah4y 0 # Ezra 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriages<br>The people agree to divorce their Gentile wives. Many Jews were involved in these mixed marriages. Divorce should not normally have been common for the Jews to engage in, but marriage with non-Jewish women was not allowed.
|
||||
EZR 10 1 ufb1 grammar-connect-logic-result וּכְהִתְפַּלֵּ֤ל עֶזְרָא֙ וּכְ֨הִתְוַדֹּת֔וֹ...נִקְבְּצוּ֩ אֵלָ֨יו מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֜ל קָהָ֣ל רַב־מְאֹ֗ד...כִּֽי־בָכ֥וּ הָעָ֖ם הַרְבֵּה־בֶֽכֶה 1 As Ezra was praying and confessing, weeping and throwing himself down If it would be clearer in your language, you could put the last sentence in the verse before the second phrase of the first sentence, since it gives the reason for the results that phrase describes. You could also show the connection by using a phrase like “and so.” Alternate translation: “While Ezra was praying this prayer of confession, the people began to weep very bitterly because they realized that they had sinned and were guilty. And so a very large crowd of Israelites … gathered to him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 10 1 elvd figs-parallelism וּכְהִתְפַּלֵּ֤ל עֶזְרָא֙ וּכְ֨הִתְוַדֹּת֔וֹ 1 As Ezra was praying and confessing, weeping and throwing himself down These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “while Ezra was praying this prayer of confession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ EZR 10 4 8o5k figs-idiom כִּֽי־עָלֶ֥יךָ הַדָּבָ֖ר 1
|
|||
EZR 10 4 d8d8 figs-idiom כִּֽי־עָלֶ֥יךָ הַדָּבָ֖ר 1 we are with you The implication is that this was Ezra’s responsibility because King Artaxerxes had given him the mandate to teach the Jews to follow the commandments of Yahweh and the authority to ensure that they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because this is your responsibility, since the king told you to teach us Yahweh’s commandments and make sure that we followed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 4 m4vg וַאֲנַ֣חְנוּ עִמָּ֑ךְ 1 we are with you Alternate translation: “we will support you”
|
||||
EZR 10 4 hrga figs-ellipsis חֲזַ֖ק וַעֲשֵֽׂה 1 we are with you Here, Shekaniah leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Be strong and take action to address this matter.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 10 4 5hrm figs-quotemarks חֲזַ֖ק וַעֲשֵֽׂה 1 we are with you After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what Shekaniah said to Ezra on this occasion. If you decided in verse [2](../10/02.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 4 5hrm figs-quotemarks חֲזַ֖ק וַעֲשֵֽׂה 1 we are with you After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what Shekaniah said to Ezra on this occasion. If you decided in [10:2](../10/02.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 5 v0zf grammar-connect-logic-result וַיָּ֣קָם 1 we are with you This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 10 5 p6uh figs-idiom וַיָּ֣קָם עֶזְרָ֡א 1 we are with you Once again “arise” means to take action to get an enterprise under way. Alternate translation: “Ezra took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 5 medp figs-explicit לַעֲשׂ֛וֹת כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּ֖ה 1 we are with you The implication in context is that “this word” refers to Shekaniah’s recommendation that the Jews send away all the foreign wives and their children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to do what Shekaniah had recommended and make the Israelites send away all the foreign wives and their children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ EZR 10 11 40l7 figs-idiom וְעַתָּ֗ה תְּנ֥וּ תוֹדָ֛ה ל
|
|||
EZR 10 11 b2x3 figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵֽי־אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם 1 separate yourselves “Fathers” here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 11 man9 figs-metaphor וַעֲשׂ֣וּ רְצוֹנ֑וֹ וְהִבָּֽדְלוּ֙ מֵעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֔רֶץ וּמִן־הַנָּשִׁ֖ים הַנָּכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 separate yourselves With regard to the other people groups, the word “separate” means dissolving the alliances that had been formed with them by marriage. With regard to the foreign wives, it is a figurative term for divorce. Alternate translation: “and obey him by divorcing and sending away your foreign wives, and thereby breaking the alliances you have formed with the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 11 eyne figs-idiom מֵעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 separate yourselves This expression refers to the other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 11 ofga figs-quotemarks הַנָּשִׁ֖ים הַנָּכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 separate yourselves After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what Ezra said to the assembly on this occasion. If you decided in verse [10](../10/10.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 11 ofga figs-quotemarks הַנָּשִׁ֖ים הַנָּכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 separate yourselves After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what Ezra said to the assembly on this occasion. If you decided in [10:10](../10/10.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 12 tatu figs-hendiadys וַיַּֽעְנ֧וּ...וַיֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 separate yourselves See how you translated this expression in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “responded” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 10 12 hvpb figs-quotemarks ק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל 1 separate yourselves After this phrase the book begins to quote what the assembly replied to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 12 jgje figs-idiom כֵּ֛ן כִּדְבָרְךָ֥ עָלֵ֖ינוּ לַעֲשֽׂוֹת 1 separate yourselves Like the similar expression “the matter is on you” in [10:4](../10/04.md), this is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “We agree, it is our responsibility to do what you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1165,11 +1165,11 @@ EZR 10 13 sjoy figs-explicit הָעָ֥ם רָב֙ 1 this is not the work of
|
|||
EZR 10 13 6s3z figs-idiom וְהָעֵ֣ת גְּשָׁמִ֔ים וְאֵ֥ין כֹּ֖חַ לַעֲמ֣וֹד בַּח֑וּץ 1 this is not the work of one or two days To say that there is “no strength” for something is an idiom in Hebrew meaning that it is too difficult. Alternate translation: “it is too much of a hardship to make everyone stand outside during the rainy season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 13 0oap grammar-connect-logic-result וְהַמְּלָאכָ֗ה לֹֽא־לְי֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ וְלֹ֣א לִשְׁנַ֔יִם כִּֽי־הִרְבִּ֥ינוּ לִפְשֹׁ֖עַ בַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה 1 this is not the work of one or two days If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because so many of us have disobeyed Yahweh and married foreign women, it will take a long time to identify them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 10 13 wqu4 figs-idiom וְהַמְּלָאכָ֗ה לֹֽא־לְי֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ וְלֹ֣א לִשְׁנַ֔יִם 1 this is not the work of one or two days “One day or two” is a figurative way of saying “a short time.” Alternate translation: “it will take a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 fcw7 figs-idiom יַֽעֲמְדוּ־נָ֣א שָׂ֠רֵינוּ לְֽכָל־הַקָּהָ֞ל 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities Here “stand for” is an idiom that means “represent.” (Verse [16](../10/16.md) explains specifically how the community arranged for its leaders to be its representatives.) Alternate translation: “Let our leaders represent all of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 fcw7 figs-idiom יַֽעֲמְדוּ־נָ֣א שָׂ֠רֵינוּ לְֽכָל־הַקָּהָ֞ל 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities Here “stand for” is an idiom that means “represent.” ([10:16](../10/16.md) explains specifically how the community arranged for its leaders to be its representatives.) Alternate translation: “Let our leaders represent all of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 wybo figs-idiom הַהֹשִׁ֞יב נָשִׁ֤ים נָכְרִיּוֹת֙ 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities See how you translated this expression in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “have married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 wvv6 figs-idiom יָבֹא֙...וְעִמָּהֶ֛ם זִקְנֵי־עִ֥יר וָעִ֖יר וְשֹׁפְטֶ֑יהָ 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities “City by city” is an idiom that means “each city.” Alternate translation: “come with the elders and judges of each city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 1dri figs-metaphor עַ֠ד לְהָשִׁ֞יב חֲר֤וֹן אַף־אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔נּוּ עַ֖ד לַדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities In Hebrew, a burning nose figuratively represents anger, and if someone’s anger is “turned back,” that means figuratively that they are no longer angry. Alternate translation: “until God is no longer angry with us for disobeying in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 cs93 figs-quotemarks לַדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what the assembly replied to Ezra on this occasion. If you decided in verse [12](../10/12.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 cs93 figs-quotemarks לַדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what the assembly replied to Ezra on this occasion. If you decided in [10:12](../10/12.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 15 arho grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַ֣ךְ 1 Jonathan…Asahel…Jahzeiah…Tikvah…Meshullam…Shabbethai This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between the willingness of almost the entire assembly to pursue this matter and the opposition of these four men. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EZR 10 15 z2yc figs-explicit יוֹנָתָ֧ן…וְיַחְזְיָ֥ה…עָמְד֣וּ עַל־זֹ֑את וּמְשֻׁלָּ֛ם וְשַׁבְּתַ֥י...עֲזָרֻֽם 1 Jonathan…Asahel…Jahzeiah…Tikvah…Meshullam…Shabbethai The implication is that while these four men spoke up in the assembly against investigating who among the Israelites had married foreign wives, their protests were unsuccessful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jonathan … and Jahzeiah … did not want the community to investigate who had married foreign women. And Meshullam and Shabbethai … supported them. But they were not able to convince the assembly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 10 15 piy5 translate-names יוֹנָתָ֧ן בֶּן־עֲשָׂהאֵ֛ל 1 Jonathan…Asahel…Jahzeiah…Tikvah…Meshullam…Shabbethai Jonathan is the name of a man, and Asahel is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1204,7 +1204,7 @@ EZR 10 21 hqu7 figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֖י חָרִ֑ם 1 Harim
|
|||
EZR 10 21 vq5r translate-names מַעֲשֵׂיָ֤ה וְאֵֽלִיָּה֙ וּֽשְׁמַֽעְיָ֔ה וִיחִיאֵ֖ל וְעֻזִיָּֽה 1 Maaseiah These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 22 bs2z figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֖י פַּשְׁח֑וּר 1 Pashhur “Sons” here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 22 yf1x translate-names אֶלְיוֹעֵינַ֤י מַֽעֲשֵׂיָה֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣אל נְתַנְאֵ֔ל יוֹזָבָ֖ד וְאֶלְעָשָֽׂה 1 Elioenai…Maaseiah…Nethanel…Elasah These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 23 ef8q translate-names הַלְוִיִּ֑ם 0 General Information: See how you translated this term in [2:40](../02/40.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 23 ef8q translate-names הַלְוִיִּ֑ם 1 General Information: See how you translated this term in [2:40](../02/40.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 23 y5l2 translate-names יוֹזָבָ֣ד וְשִׁמְעִ֗י וְקֵֽלָיָה֙ ה֣וּא קְלִיטָ֔א פְּתַֽחְיָ֥ה יְהוּדָ֖ה וֶאֱלִיעֶֽזֶר 1 Jozabad These are the names of six men and an alternate name for one of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 24 mpru הַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים 1 Eliashib This is the same occupational group as in [2:41](../02/41.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
|
||||
EZR 10 24 cg6w translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב 1 Eliashib This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ EZR 10 24 dsd1 translate-names שַׁלֻּ֥ם וָטֶ֖לֶם וְאו
|
|||
EZR 10 25 edlz figs-personification וּמִֽיִּשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Parosh Here the story refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “these were from the rest of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 10 25 frh1 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֡שׁ 1 Parosh “Sons” here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 25 y951 translate-names רַ֠מְיָה וְיִזִּיָּ֤ה וּמַלְכִּיָּה֙ וּמִיָּמִ֣ן וְאֶלְעָזָ֔ר וּמַלְכִּיָּ֖ה וּבְנָיָֽה 1 Eleazar These are the names of seven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 26 n4c3 figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֖י עֵילָ֑ם 0 General Information: “Sons” here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 26 n4c3 figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֖י עֵילָ֑ם 1 General Information: “Sons” here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 26 xd7i translate-names מַתַּנְיָ֤ה זְכַרְיָה֙ וִיחִיאֵ֣ל וְעַבְדִּ֔י וִירֵמ֖וֹת וְאֵלִיָּֽה 1 Elam These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 27 t24c figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֖י זַתּ֑וּא 1 Zattu “Sons” here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 27 x1id translate-names אֶלְיוֹעֵנַ֤י אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ מַתַּנְיָ֣ה וִֽירֵמ֔וֹת וְזָבָ֖ד וַעֲזִיזָֽא 1 Elioenai These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1221,22 +1221,22 @@ EZR 10 28 h43s figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֖י בֵּבָ֑י 1 Bebai
|
|||
EZR 10 28 jfh1 translate-names הוֹחָנָ֥ן חֲנַנְיָ֖ה זַבַּ֥י עַתְלָֽי 1 Jehohanan These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 29 n4fe figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֖י בָּנִ֑י 1 Bani “Sons” here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 29 j32x translate-names מְשֻׁלָּ֤ם מַלּוּךְ֙ וַעֲדָיָ֔ה יָשׁ֖וּב וּשְׁאָ֥ל ירמות 1 Meshullam These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 30 gmx3 figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֛י פַּחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֖ב 0 General Information: “Sons” here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pahath-Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 30 gmx3 figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֛י פַּחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֖ב 1 General Information: “Sons” here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pahath-Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 30 phn5 translate-names עַדְנָ֣א וּכְלָ֑ל בְּנָיָ֤ה מַעֲשֵׂיָה֙ מַתַּנְיָ֣ה בְצַלְאֵ֔ל וּבִנּ֖וּי וּמְנַשֶּֽׁה 1 Pahath-Moab These are the names of eight men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 31 xr3u figs-metaphor וּבְנֵ֖י חָרִ֑ם 1 Malkijah “Sons” here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 31 z6j4 translate-names אֱלִיעֶ֧זֶר יִשִּׁיָּ֛ה מַלְכִּיָּ֖ה שְׁמַֽעְיָ֥ה שִׁמְעֽוֹן 1 Harim These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 32 gyh9 translate-names בְּנְיָמִ֥ן מַלּ֖וּךְ שְׁמַרְיָֽה 1 Malluk These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 33 uek2 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֖י חָשֻׁ֑ם 0 General Information: “Sons” here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 33 uek2 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֖י חָשֻׁ֑ם 1 General Information: “Sons” here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 33 my1a translate-names חָשֻׁ֑ם מַתְּנַ֤י מַתַּתָּה֙ זָבָ֣ד אֱלִיפֶ֔לֶט יְרֵמַ֥י מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה שִׁמְעִֽי 1 Hashum These are the names of seven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 34 v361 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י 1 Bani “Sons” here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 34 yixc translate-names מַעֲדַ֥י עַמְרָ֖ם וְאוּאֵֽל 1 Bani These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 35 pcb9 translate-names בְּנָיָ֥ה בֵדְיָ֖ה כלהי 1 Benaiah These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 36 h5e9 translate-names וַנְיָ֥ה מְרֵמ֖וֹת אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב 1 Meremoth These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 37 j4vh translate-names מַתַּנְיָ֥ה מַתְּנַ֖י ויעשו 0 General Information: These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 37 j4vh translate-names מַתַּנְיָ֥ה מַתְּנַ֖י ויעשו 1 General Information: These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 38 z3zn translate-names וּבָנִ֥י וּבִנּ֖וּי שִׁמְעִֽי 1 Binnui These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 39 maz3 translate-names וְשֶֽׁלֶמְיָ֥ה וְנָתָ֖ן וַעֲדָיָֽה 1 Adaiah These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 40 jlxi translate-names מַכְנַדְבַ֥י שָׁשַׁ֖י שָׁרָֽי 1 Adaiah These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 41 mf9g translate-names עֲזַרְאֵ֥ל וְשֶׁלֶמְיָ֖הוּ שְׁמַרְיָֽה 0 General Information: These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 41 mf9g translate-names עֲזַרְאֵ֥ל וְשֶׁלֶמְיָ֖הוּ שְׁמַרְיָֽה 1 General Information: These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 42 y5rp translate-names שַׁלּ֥וּם אֲמַרְיָ֖ה יוֹסֵֽף 1 Shallum These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 43 cab3 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֖י נְב֑וֹ 1 Nebo “Sons” here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Nebo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 43 tih9 translate-names יְעִיאֵ֤ל מַתִּתְיָה֙ זָבָ֣ד זְבִינָ֔א יַדַּ֥י וְיוֹאֵ֖ל בְּנָיָֽה 1 Jeiel These are the names of seven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue